I F LA
IFLA
JOURNAL
Official Journal of the International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions
Volume 35 (2009) No. 2, pp. 89–208. ISSN 0340–0352 SAGE Publications
CONTENTS
Editorial: Focus on IFLA
Stephen Parker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
91
The President’s Page
Claudia Lux, President of IFLA, 2007–2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
93
Libraries in Italy: a brief overview
Mauro Guerrini with the collaboration of Giovanna Frigimelica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
94
Stimulating IFLA’s Ethical Conscience: FAIFE 2003–2009
Paul Sturges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
117
Global Library Statistics
Simon Ellis, Michael Heaney, Pierre Meunier and Roswitha Poll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
123
Diffusion of Professional Norms: the impact of IFLA in South Africa
Peter G. Underwood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
131
The School Library Development Programme in Pallisa District, Uganda: an impact study
Elisam Magara and Charles Batambuze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
141
Information Literacy in Students Entering Higher Education in the French Speaking Community of Belgium:
lessons learned from an evaluation
Paul Thirion and Bernard Pochet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
152
Effective Mentoring
Shin Freedman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171
REPORTS
IFLA and Language Diversity
Sofia Kapnisi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
183
International Conference of Asian Special Libraries (ICoASL 2008): Report
Sanjay K. Bihani . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
186
NEWS (with separate Table of Contents) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
187
INTERNATIONAL CALENDAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
195
SOMMAIRES 197 — ZUSAMMENFASSUNGEN 198 — RESÚMENES 201 — Pефераты статей 202 . . . . . . . . . . .
197
Notes for Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
205
Visit http://ifl.sagepub.com
Free access to tables of contents and abstracts. Site-wide access to the full text for members of subscribing institutions.
IFLA Journal
Official Journal of the International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions
ISSN 0340-0352 [print] 1745-2651 [online]
Published 4 times a year in March, June, October and December
Editor: Stephen Parker, Apt. 1C, Edifício Rosa dos Ventos, Rua Rosa Parracho 27,
Cascais 2750-778, Portugal. E-mail:
[email protected]
Editorial Committee
David Miller (Chair),
Levin Library, Curry College, Milton, MA, USA. E-mail:
[email protected]
Sanjay Kumar Bihani,
Ministry of External Affairs, New Delhi, India. E-mail:
[email protected]
Galina Kislovskaya,
Russian State Children’s Library, Moscow, Russian Federation.
Filiberto Felipe Martinez-Arellano,
University Center for Library Science Research, National Autonomous University of Mexico. E-mail:
[email protected]
Ellen Ndeshi Namhila,
University of Namibia, Windhoek, Namibia. E-mail:
[email protected]
Omnia M. Sadek,
Library & Information Science Dept, College of Arts & Social Science, Sultan Quaboos University, Muscat - Oman.
E-mail:
[email protected]
Réjean Savard,
École de bibliothéconomie et des sciences de l’information, Université de Montréal, Montréal, Canada.
E-mail:
[email protected]
Christobal Pasadas Ureña,
Universidad de Granada Biblioteca, Facultad de Psicología, Granada, Spain. E-mail:
[email protected]
Christine Wellems,
Buergerschaftskanzlei, Parlamentarische Informationsdienste, Hamburg, Germany. E-mail:
[email protected]
Wu Jianzhong,
Shanghai Library, Shanghai, China. E-mail:
[email protected]
Stephen Parker (United Kingdom) (Editor, ex officio)
Publisher
SAGE, Los Angeles, London, New Delhi, Singapore and Washington DC.
Copyright © 2009 International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions. UK: Apart from fair dealing for the purposes
of research or private study, or criticism or review, and only as permitted under the Copyright, Designs and Patents Acts 1988,
this publication may only be reproduced, stored or transmitted, in any form or by any means, with the prior permission in
writing of the Publishers, or in the case of reprographic reproduction, in accordance with the terms of licences issued by the
Copyright Licensing Agency (www.cla.co.uk/). US: Authorization to photocopy journal material may be obtained directly from
SAGE Publications or through a licence from the Copyright Clearance Center, Inc. (www.copyright.com/). Inquiries concerning
reproduction outside those terms should be sent to the Publishers at the address below.
Annual subscription (4 issues, 2009) Free to IFLA members. Non-members: full rate (includes electronic version) £202/$374.
Prices include postage. Full rate subscriptions include the right for members of the subscribing institution to access the
electronic content of the journal at no extra charge from SAGE. The content can be accessed online through a number of
electronic journal intermediaries, who may charge for access. Free e-mail alerts of contents listings are also available. For
full details visit the SAGE website: www.sagepublications.com
Student discounts, single issue rates and advertising details are available from SAGE, 1 Oliver’s Yard, 55 City Road, London
EC1Y 1SP, UK. Tel: +44 (0) 20 7324 8500; fax +44 (0) 20 7324 8600; e-mail:
[email protected]; website: www.
sagepublications.com. In North America from SAGE Publications, 2455 Teller Road, Thousand Oaks, CA 91359, USA. Periodicals
postage paid at Rahway, NJ. Postmaster: Send address corrections to IFLA Journal, c/o Mercury Airfreight International Ltd,
365 Blair Road, Avenel, NJ 07001, USA.
The IFLA Journal is abstracted/indexed in Library and Information Science Abstracts, Multicultural Education Abstracts, PAIS
International and Sociological Abstracts.
Typeset by Star Compugraphics Private Limited, Delhi, India
Printed in Great Britain on acid-free paper by CPI Antony Rowe, Chippenham, UK
EDITORIAL
Focus on IFLA
Stephen Parker
This issue of IFLA Journal is scheduled to appear
In June 2009, well before the World Library and
Information Congress, to be held this year in
Milan, Italy, from 23–27 August. To a greater
extent than usual, the issue focuses on various
aspects of IFLA and its activities, starting with
the President’s Page by IFLA President Claudia
Lux, in which she emphasizes that
one of the best ways to present new ideas and
develop our profession further is through your
participation in the IFLA Congress, where
many of the active librarians of the world meet
every year to discuss new developments.
In the second paper, ‘Stimulating IFLA’s Ethical
Conscience: FAIFE 2003–2009’, Paul Sturges, Chair
of the Free Access to Information and Freedom of
Expression (FAIFE) programme of IFLA, reviews
three types of FAIFE activity– intervention, education and advocacy – from 2003 to 2009. Noting that,
while FAIFE is still prepared to intervene in cases of
threats to libraries, the predominant activity during
the period was an education programme consisting
of training of trainers workshops using specially
written sets of learning material and dealing with
the IFLA/UNESCO Internet Manifesto, Access
to HIV/AIDS Information, Libraries and Transparency, and Public Access to Health Information.
FAIFE’s advocacy work has centred on the creation
of the IFLA Manifesto on Transparency, Good Governance and Freedom from Corruption.
Claudia invites those who
have the possibility to come to Milan, come up
and talk with me about libraries on the agenda
and your new ideas for library development.
This will be last President’s Page from Claudia Lux,
who hands over as President in Milan to Presidentelect Ellen Tise.
The main article in this issue is specifically designed to
prepare prospective Congress participants for their
visit to Italy, and perhaps to compensate those who
are unable to attend with a glimpse of what they
may be missing. In ‘Libraries in Italy: a brief overview’, Mauro Guerrini and Giovanna Frigimelica
continue the now established tradition of providing
an introduction to the libraries of the host country
for the current year’s Congress. Mauro Guerrini is
President of the Italian Library Association (AIB),
of which Giovanna Frigimelica is Secretary General. Although their paper begins with the statement that “the Italian library network is complex
and difficult to explain”, the authors do an excellent job of describing some of the characteristics of
this system, in a well-illustrated paper that covers
national, university, special, public, school, and
ecclesiastical libraries, providing an overview of
the main historical features as well as present-day
trends, including professional education, legislation
and new library projects. The paper concludes with
some proposals for new national services.
I F LA
A different aspect of IFLA’s work is dealt with in the
paper on ‘Global Library Statistics’, by Simon Ellis,
Michael Heaney, Pierre Meunier and Roswitha
Poll. The paper describes how the IFLA Section on
Statistics and Evaluation, the UNESCO Institute
for Statistics and the International Organisation
for Standardisation (ISO) committee TC 46 SC 8
‘Quality – statistics and performance evaluation’
have joined forces in order to develop and test a
new set of statistics that might be used by libraries
worldwide. The final goal is that these statistics
should be collected regularly on a national basis, so
that there will be reliable and internationally comparable data of library services and library use.
The next paper reports the results of a series of interviews and focus group discussions organized by
Peter G. Underwood, Professor of Librarianship at
the University of Cape Town, which aimed to assess the impact of the work of IFLA, including its
role in the development of information literacy
programmes, on the profession in South Africa.
‘Diffusion of Professional Norms: the impact of
IFLA in South Africa’ is based on the views of South
African professionals who had attended the World
Library and Information Congress, 73rd IFLA General Conference, held in Durban from 19–23 August
2007. The results indicated that IFLA has a strong
role to play in advice, guidance, and the development of standards; that the Congress is an important meeting place, although its influence could be
Copyright © 2009 Author. IFLA Journal 35(2): 91–92.
ISSN: 0340-0352. DOI: 10.1177/0340035209105664
91
Editorial
greater if it were communicated in more accessible
forms; and that, particularly for younger professionals, IFLA can be a daunting organization.
One of IFLA’s important activities is its involvement, often in conjunction with other organizations,
in the granting of a variety of awards recognizing
professional achievement in various fields. One
award which is granted exclusively by IFLA is the
Guust van Wesemael Literacy Prize, established by
the IFLA Executive Board in November 1991 to
commemorate the late Guust van Wesemael and
his contribution to the promotion of literacy in developing countries. The winner of the Prize in 2007
was the National Book Trust of Uganda (NABOTU),
which used the prize money to fund a study of the
impact of the School Library Development Programme (SLDP) of the East African Book Development Association (EABDA) (represented in
Uganda by NABOTU) on schools which benefited
from the programme in Pallisa District. In ‘The
School Library Development Programme in Pallisa
District, Uganda: an impact study’, Elisam Magara,
Associate Professor, East African School of Library
and Information Science, Makerere University,
and Charles Batambuze, Executive Secretary of
NABOTU, report the results of their study, which
established that there had been significant utilization by teachers of skills acquired from training
provided under the SLDP. Although schools have
made it easier for children to borrow and read books,
the absence of purpose-built libraries has limited
their abilities to use the library.
Information literacy among a different group of students, at a different level of education, is the subject
of the next paper. In ‘Information Literacy in Students entering Higher Education in the French
Speaking Community of Belgium: lessons learned
from an evaluation’, Paul Thirion, head librarian of
the Libraries Network of the University of Liege,
and Bernard Pochet, head librarian at the University of Gembloux, report the results of a study
aiming at objectively describing the initial level of
information literacy of students entering a higher
education institution in the French Speaking Community of Belgium for the first time. The students’
poor results confirm that organizing an information literacy program is imperative if students
are to perform well in their studies. This paper is
a revision and translation of a paper originally
presented in French during the World Library and
Information Congress held in Québec in 2008.
The final paper in this issue, which was also presented in Québec, is ‘Effective Mentoring’ by Shin
92
Freedman, Head of Acquisitions and Serials of
Whittemore Library at Framingham State College
in the USA. The considers the possibilities for fostering mentoring activities among early career
librarians, mid-career transitional librarians, and
non-professional library workers, focusing on
academic librarians in a university setting. The
paper describes one librarian’s mentoring activities and describes the author’s own mentoring
experiences. It demonstrates how an effective mentor can help the mentee to navigate the maze of professional organizations and committees and also
achieve a more global understanding of the platform of ‘libraries without borders’.
We return to a consideration of the work of IFLA
in the first of two reports in this issue. In ‘IFLA and
language diversity’, Sofia Kapnisi, Professional
Communication Officer at IFLA HQ, notes that
IFLA has always viewed language diversity as a
key factor. This is demonstrated by the fact that,
having recently added Arabic and Chinese to its
five previous official languages – English, French,
German, Russian and Spanish – IFLA now has
more official languages than UNESCO. IFLA members are entitled to express themselves in these languages at conferences and official meetings and
in correspondence to IFLA Headquarters, and all
the languages are reflected in translations and
simultaneous interpretation during sessions of
the annual congress. In fact, the body of translated
announcements, corporate documents, reports,
mailings, conference papers, etc., printed or published on the IFLA website far exceeds the seven
official languages; there were altogether 54 languages represented on the IFLA website at the
last count.
In the second report, IFLA Journal Editorial Committee member Sanjay K Bihani summarizes the
proceedings at the International Conference of
Asian Special Libraries (ICoASL 2008), organized
by the Asian chapter of the Special Libraries Association (SLA) and other organizations, and
held in New Delhi, India, from 26–28 November
2008. The principal objective of the meeting was
to provide a platform for cooperation among information professionals in Asia with a global
perspective.
We conclude this issue, as usual, with the News section and the International Calendar, followed
by the abstracts of articles in French, German,
Russian and Spanish. We still have to investigate
the possibilities of adding abstracts in Arabic and
Chinese!
The President’s Page
Claudia Lux, President of IFLA, 2007–2009
Is there any impact of IFLA on a librarians’ daily
life? Is there so much to organize, to collect and
catalogue, to store and present that there is no time
to look at IFLA’s website www.ifla.org for new information or to read IFLA-L (www.ifla.org/II/lists/
ifla-l.htm)? So what? Libraries have many needs,
first of all money for acquisition of new books and
new media, ebooks and licences. Libraries need
more and better space, not only for books, but for
their customers and last but not least, growing virtual space. When libraries need more staff, how
can IFLA help?
When you are reading IFLA Journal you will be
informed about some important international
library developments from all around the world.
Sometimes you find other channels to hear about
new ideas. The idea of digitizing library material
started years ago and was taken up by national
libraries and research libraries all over the world
and creating metadata with it for future research.
IFLA can support standards of metadata, can distribute best practices in the organization and technology of digitizing processes, and can disseminate
proved standards. The development of these international standards and the IFLA UNESCO guidelines on different library topics are important for
librarians’ daily work.
Let me give you an example, about baby reading
in libraries. The idea came from a small town in
England and was developed all over the world.
Baby reading activities came to Singapore, developed to new standards. Then it was taken back to
Europe. The idea, to support parents from the birth
of their child by the library and let them become
active library users, is very effective. And the use
of clinics and doctors to support these activities
develops libraries’ outreach. Three weeks ago I was
presented with a soft textile book on baby reading by a Malaysian colleague, in which the library
functions were well explained and the first baby
words had wonderful pictures. So different is our
I F LA
Claudia Lux, IFLA President 2007–2009
library work in practice; one idea has travelled
around the world and has made a new and fresh
impact on people’s lives.
The daily work of librarians in every small and
every big library – your work – is so important. The
work we build our association on. And one of the
best ways to present new ideas and develop our
profession further is through your participation
in the IFLA Congress, where many of the active
librarians of the world meet every year to discuss
new developments. This year the meeting will
take place in Milan, Italy, starting from Saturday
August 22nd with the meetings of the standing
committees of all sections of IFLA. Though the
standing committees are elected by IFLA members, all our meetings in IFLA are open for guests.
So welcome – if you have the possibility to come
to Milan, come up and talk with me about libraries
on the agenda and your new ideas for library development. And if you have not the possibility to
attend the Congress, why don’t you contribute an
article for IFLA Journal, so that everybody else
will learn about your ideas and your practices?
Copyright © 2009 Author. IFLA Journal 35(2): 93.
ISSN: 0340-0352. DOI: 10.1177/0340035209105665
93
Libraries in Italy: a brief overview
Mauro Guerrini with the
collaboration of Giovanna
Frigimelica
Mauro Guerrini
Abstract
The Italian library network is complex and difficult to explain. This article
reports some characteristics of this system, that comprises State, university, special, public, school and ecclesiastical libraries, foundations and
privately owned structures. An overview of the main historical features
is given, as well as present-day major trends, such as education, legislation, new library projects, etc. Concludes with proposals for new national
services.
Keywords: libraries; library and information services; library education;
librarianship; Italy
Introduction1
Giovanna Frigimelica
The Italian library network is complex and difficult to explain. Italy
does not issue an annual report on the state of its libraries. The
Istituto Nazionale di Statistica (ISTAT – Italian National Institute of
Statistics) the official statistical office, does not issue a specific annual report on libraries. The Associazione Italiana Biblioteche (AIB –
Italian Library Association) started the publication of a Rapporto
AIB (AIB Report) only in 2001. The last report was published in
2006;2 the 2007–2008 edition, expected to be published in Spring
2009, is still in progress. This Rapporto is gradually becoming a main
source for professional update and a showcase of the Italian library
situation for anyone in every part of the world. This publication
is the result of skilled contributions from many associates, who
monitor events occurring within various professional fields and
who are happy to share this information with the entire Italian library
community. The extraordinary and, in some ways, entirely unique
chance to host the IFLA Congress (Milan, Italy, August 23–27, 2009)
is stimulating the Italian professional community to pay great attention to the international context, as strategic decisions taken
during international meetings are later transferred into the national
context.
There is a great amount of literature published on Italian libraries.
What is missing, however, is a study that gives a concise outline of
the overall problems. We offer here, therefore, some characteristics
of the Italian library network, a system that comprises State, university, special, public, school and ecclesiastical libraries, as well as
those of foundations and privately owned structures.
The Historical Context of Italian Libraries
About the Authors: page 116
94
The origins of Italian libraries are quite varied and reflect the condition of the cultural and political fragmentation that always characterized the Italian peninsula up to 1861, the year when the Kingdom
of Italy was established under the House of Savoy. The year 1861
marked the beginning of a great united independent State. Full unity
was in fact only accomplished on 20 September 1870, with the
I F LA
Copyright © 2009 Author. IFLA Journal 35(2): 94–116.
ISSN: 0340-0352. DOI: 10.1177/0340035209105666
Libraries in Italy
incorporation of the last areas belonging to the
Pontifical State and with the celebration of Rome
as capital in 1871.
In the late Middle Ages, libraries attached to monasteries assumed special importance in Italy, as
they did in the rest of Western Europe. Their main
function was preservation and in many cases they
were associated to scriptoria. Scribes working in
scriptoria devoted their time to copying manuscripts, for the most part of patristic and liturgical
literature. Among monastic manuscripts, those of
Benedictine monasteries stood out due to the wealth
of their collections. Chapter libraries, attached to
the bishops’ sees, were also of great importance
in that period. With the founding and spread of
universities, beginning from the 12th century, and
especially with the arrival of Humanism, libraries attached to the Palazzo in particular (Palatine
libraries), and to the nobility (the ‘Prince’s library’)
began collecting and preserving ancient literature and gave birth to a new concept of culture.
This concept was based upon religious literature,
law scholarship, study and rediscovery of classical
authors and contemporary humanist writers, but
it allowed also the spreading of recreational literature. By this time, various libraries were founded
which belonged to noble families; exemplary is
the Biblioteca Malatestiana (Malatestian Library)
of Cesena, created according to a model that influenced even the foundation of the Biblioteca
Apostolica Vaticana (Vatican Apostolic Library)
of Rome and which continued into the following
centuries.
With the spread of printing with moveable type,
book production greatly increased and this resulted in the creation of numerous important libraries promoted by the nobility and the Church.
During the 17th century great libraries were opened
to the public. Such was the case with the Biblioteca
Ambrosiana (Ambrosian Library) of Milan. Important libraries were also opened to the public
in the 18th century. In the 19th century, with the
Unity of Italy, libraries of the pre-unity States were
handed over to the Kingdom of Italy and, following
the suppression of religious orders in the second
half of the 1800s, several ecclesiastical library
collections were confiscated by the State. Unfortunately a lot of ecclesiastical collections were
scattered, sold to foreign institutes, or ended up in
the studies of local dignitaries (lawyers, notaries,
physicians, etc.). The Palazzo libraries of the
old unitary States, and the libraries of religious
orders, often became the bibliographical basis
and the structure of State libraries and of the most
important libraries of local bodies, for example, the
National Library of Rome, previously the library of
Figure 1. Biblioteca ‘Antonio Delfini’ – Modena.
95
Mauro Guerrini and Giovanna Frigimelica
the Order of Jesuits. This ‘rearrangement’ meant
that libraries were established with miscellaneous
book collections, which originated from different
needs: no more bound to the cultural needs of an
intellectual elite, new libraries were mainly intended for a wider dissemination of culture and
information. In many cases no consideration was
given to the lack of education of a vast part of the
Italian population, that is, to the literacy of the
lower classes and to scientific training in the productive fields of agriculture, crafts and industry,
in which there was a widespread state of backwardness. The bibliographical heritage of the
newly born Italy was therefore characterized by
an important cultural and historical heritage to
be safeguarded, but which was actually not very
functional as regards the requirements of the
contemporary situation. Libraries born out of the
confluence of historical and ecclesiastical collections had therefore to be re-modelled based on
use and circulation within the relevant community
and adapted to the goals of the emerging English
public library.
From the 1800s to the 1900s
During the second half of the 19th century the structure of Italian libraries was based on the Regolamento
organico delle biblioteche pubbliche statali (Rules
Figure 2. Biblioteca ‘Gambalunga’ – Rimini.
96
of State Public Libraries), known at the time as
‘government libraries’. This had a legal value
that covered all types of library, including public libraries. The Regolamento was issued a number of times: in 1876 and in 1885. The founding of the
Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale di Roma (Central
National Library of Rome) dates to 1876. This was
the result of the need to provide the new capital
of the Kingdom of Italy with a general library
on a large scale that could be comparable to the
Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale di Firenze (Central
National Library of Florence). In 1885 the National Library of Rome and the National Library
of Florence were both given the title ‘Central’,
and made eligible for bibliographical control and
legal deposit. They were also given the task of representing all the various branches of Italian
culture (humanistic, technical and scientific), and
of following the main developments of national
cultures. Other ‘National’ libraries that were not
‘Central’, among which were some university
libraries, were given the task of representing regional culture.
As regards public libraries, a census of 1863
counted 100 of them; about half of these showed
as having been founded in the previous century,
enlarged mostly by gifts, bequests and confiscations of ecclesiastical property; about 70 libraries
Libraries in Italy
did not have even as many as 10,000 books. A census of 1893 showed that public libraries had increased fourfold to 419, the most recent of which
were formed from the collections of suppressed
convents. Administrative law provided that the
costs for a public library should be included among
the optional expenditures of the local authority.
This resulted in a chronic lack of financial resources for public libraries, and in the absence of
a development policy for the collections. This in
turn prevented the updating of the bibliographical heritage, unsuitable for the needs of a public library, because of the nature (chiefly ancient
books) of the works present in the collections.
This deficiency was only partly filled by the
movement of biblioteche popolari (working class
libraries); this, with its strongly pedagogical motivation, and in the absence of any notable and
lasting support of a legal or economic nature,
promoted the circulation of books in the lower
classes of society.
The structural development of public authority libraries only began in the 1970s, when the Italian
Parliament started to grant to Regions the autonomy
which had been foreseen by the Costituzione della
Repubblica Italiana (Constitution of Italy). The
State transferred to the newly established Regions
a series of legal powers; among these was legal responsibility regarding archives and libraries of
local bodies or of local interest. Decentralization
was experienced by the Italian library community as a chance for innovation and the creation
of a widespread model of public libraries. Many
librarians and politicians wondered about the role
that public libraries should play in modern society
and reflected on the need to promote a functional
policy in favour of public libraries. Although there
were a certain number of difficulties, local decentralization marked a period of intense debate for
Italian librarians. It even contributed to marking
an evolution in Italian librarianship, that began to
overcome its traditional attitude of being bound to
scholarship, towards a new concept of library as a
service with social, cultural and economic characteristics relevant to a certain territorial and user
context.
During the 1980s and 1990s there was a marked
development in university libraries, thanks to considerable investments – originally in favour of the
automation of catalogues and some services to the
public and subsequently in favour of digital libraries
and the gradual establishment of university library
networks. Some Italian universities participated
in the early 1980s in the birth, experimentation
and establishment of the Servizio Bibliotecario
Nazionale (SBN – National Library Service),
a great new step for Italian libraries, which for
the first time began to experience cooperation,
and to think about their role in terms of cooperation and service to the Italian and international
public.
The 1970s and 1980s were also, and especially,
marked by growth in the professionalism of librarians; the figure of the librarian of a public library,
in particular, underwent a serious evolution, as
did that of the librarian of a university library.
They were united by the establishment of a library
model based on the management and organizational culture of service to users, on quality, on the
measurement and assessment of services.
The National Libraries and the General
Management for Books, Cultural
Institutes and Copyrights
Historical and political factors were, then, the
reason for State libraries having an Italian distinctiveness. Italy does in fact have eight so-called
‘National’ libraries. The ‘National’ qualification
is assigned to two types of university library: to
libraries that carried out a national function in
the old pre-unity States, drawn into the new Italian
unified State in 1861; and to libraries established
in the last decades of the 1900s in various cities,
mainly in the South of Italy (for example Bari,
Potenza, Cosenza) to mark their importance that
was not always soundly motivated and not always
due to specific functions. Two of these national
libraries are also nominated ‘Central’ , to mark
their particularly important role as national libraries in a more traditional sense: the Biblioteca
Nazionale Centrale di Firenze (BNCF – Central National Library of Florence) and the Biblioteca
Nazionale Centrale Vittorio Emanuele II di Roma
(BNCR – Victor Emmanuel II Central National
Library of Rome). The other six national libraries
are: the Biblioteca Nazionale Sagarriga Visconti
di Bari (Sagarriga Visconti Volpi National Library
of Bari), the Biblioteca Nazionale di Cosenza
(National Library of Cosenza), the Biblioteca
Nazionale di Potenza (National Library of Potenza)
(institutions founded in the 1900s), the Biblioteca
Nazionale Braidense di Milano (Braidense National Library of Milan), the Biblioteca Nazionale
Vittorio Emanuele III di Napoli (Victor Emmanuel
III National Library of Naples), and the Biblioteca
97
Mauro Guerrini and Giovanna Frigimelica
Figure 3. Biblioteca di Scienze Sociali – Universita’ degli Studi di Firenze.
The General Management is currently divided into
nine executive offices. These are:
2. Servizio II – Patrimonio bibliografico statale e
non statale (Service II – State and non-State
bibliographical heritage)
3. Servizio III – Istituti culturali (Service III –
Cultural institutes)
4. Servizio IV – Diritto d’Autore e Vigilanza sulla
SIAE (Service IV – Copyright and supervision
over the Società Italiana Autori ed Editori
(SIAE – Italian Society for Authors and
Publishers)
5. Istituto Centrale per il Catalogo Unico delle
biblioteche italiane e per le informazioni bibliografiche (ICCU – Central Institute for the
Union Catalogue of Italian Libraries and Bibliographic Information)5
6. Istituto Centrale per i Beni Sonori ed Audiovisivi
(Central Institute for Sound and Audiovisual
Heritage)6
7. Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale di Roma Vittorio
Emanuele II (BNCR – Victor Emmanuel II Central National Library of Rome)7
8. Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale di Firenze (BNCF –
Central National Library of Florence)8
9 Centro per il Libro e la Lettura (Centre for Books
and Reading)9
1. Servizio I – Affari generali, personale e bilancio
(Service I – General affairs, personnel and
budget)
The development and usability of the collections is
ensured through: Servizio Bibliotecario Nazionale
(SBN – National Library Service)10; Biblioteca
Nazionale Marciana di Venezia (National Library
of St. Mark’s of Venice).
There are 38 State libraries to be added to the eight
National libraries, making a total of 46 libraries
that are under the authority of the Ministero per
i beni e le attività culturali. (MiBAC – Ministry for
Cultural Heritage and Activities).
The 46 libraries work under the Direzione Generale per i Beni Librari, gli Istituti culturali ed il
Diritto d’Autore (from now on General Management for Books Heritage, Cultural Institutes and
Copyright),3 which is a Department of MiBAC.4
The General Management deals with State public libraries, bibliographical services and national
libraries, cultural institutes, promotion of books
and reading, copyright and royalties, and conservation and promotion of library collections; it
also assists publishers and fosters the diffusion of
Italian culture abroad; it supervises cultural institutes such as academies and foundations.
98
Libraries in Italy
Digitale Italiana (BDI – Italian Digital Library);
the website Internet Culturale (Cultural Internet); and the website in progress Il Pianeta Libro
(Planet Book) in the State public libraries.
Biblioteca Digitale Italiana
(Italian Digital Library)11
The digitization of historical catalogues has been
singled out, considering that Italy lacks bibliographical information in digital format relating
to historical collections owned by public libraries.
Moreover the BDI Committee takes into account
that digitization of such information is not only a
service but also a preservative activity. The availability of this information would be essential
both at national and international levels; it would
also be important as a guide to further orientate
digitization programmes in the country. On the
basis of these ideas, underlined in the feasibility
study, two pre-programmes on music resources
and serials have been started.
Internet culturale (Cultural Internet)
Internet culturale (Cultural Internet)12 allows access
to the SBN, historical catalogues (with digitized
cards of the Italian bibliographic heritage), specialized catalogues and foreign catalogues. It also
permits to search and directly display images, texts
and other digitized contents belonging to libraries, organizations and institutions.
‘Central’ was added in 1885. Since 1870 it has received by legal deposit a copy of all works published in Italy.
The Bibliografia Nazionale Italiana
(BNI – Italian National Bibliography)
From 1886 to 1957 the BNCF published the
Bollettino delle pubblicazioni italiane ricevute
per diritto di stampa (Newsletter of Italian Publications received by Legal Deposit) which from
1958 became the Bibliografia nazionale italiana
(BNI – Italian National Bibliography).
BNCF is responsible for the compilation of the
BNI. This initiative begun in 1958 and BNI is today
published monthly in four series: monographs,
periodicals, doctoral theses, children’s books.
BNI is also available for a fee on CD-ROM with
quarterly updates and with monthly online updates, or on an exclusively online basis.
With law no. 662 of 1996, MiBAC financed
Arricchimento dei servizi della Bibliografia
Nazionale Italiana (ARSBNI – Enrichment of the
Services of the Italian National Bibliography).
II Pianeta Libro (Planet Book)13
This is a project to promote the Italian publishing
output in Italy and in the world, with the cooperation of Italian publishers.
The Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale di
Firenze (BNCF – Central National Library
of Florence)
The Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale di Firenze
traces its origins to the private library of Antonio
Magliabechi. This collection contained approximately 30,000 volumes and was bequeathed in
1714, in his will, “to the universal benefit of the city
of Florence”. In 1737 it was decided that it should
contain a copy of all the works that were printed in
Florence and since 1743 those of the Grand Duchy
of Tuscany. In 1861 the Magliabechiana was joined
to the Palatine Library (formed by Ferdinand III of
Lorraine and continued by his successor Leopold II)
and took the name of National Library. The name
Figure 4. Biblioteca comunale – Vobarno (BS).
99
Mauro Guerrini and Giovanna Frigimelica
BNCF intends to link a bibliographical record
to digitized images from the edition in hand and to
allow its free access on the Internet. The pages
of about 70,000 volumes published in Italy after
1994 can be browsed by BNI number and read on
the web: it is foreseen that digitization and optical
recognition for full text research will be possible for indexes, title pages, and the preliminaries
of the books described in the BNI. There will
also be 5,000 digital copies, with a total of about
1,250,000 pages, of volumes missing from the collections of the BNCF in consequence of the 1966
floods. In 2008 title pages and indexes of about
40,000 volumes were already accessible.
BNCF is the leader in the creation of records for the
Servizio Bibliotecario Nazionale (SBN – National
Library Service).
The Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale di Roma
(BNCR – Central National Library of Rome)
After the unification of Italy and the transfer of the
capital from Florence to Rome, Ruggiero Bonghi,
Minister for Public Education in the Minghetti
Government, wished to establish a national library
in the capital. It was decided to use the 16th century
Figure 5. Biblioteca Salaborsa – Bologna.
100
palace that the Jesuits had built for the Collegio
Romano as its seat. The library, named after Victor Emmanuel II, was opened on 14th March 1876
with book collections mostly coming from libraries of suppressed convents (1873). Its collections
were increased, not only through purchases, but
also with Italian publications from the obligatory legal deposit of printed material. In 1886 the
Library began to publish the Bollettino delle opere
moderne straniere (Newsletter of Modern Foreign
Works). The Centro Nazionale di Informazioni
Bibliografiche (National Centre for Bibliographical Information) was set up in the Library. This
promotes and edits the Indice Generale degli
Incunaboli (IGI – General Index of Incunabula), published in the series Indici e cataloghi (Indexes and
catalogues). The growth of the collections made
it necessary to find a new building. The first projects date from 1912; the Castro Pretorio area was
eventually chosen in 1958. The new building was
opened on 31 January 1975, a century after the
library’s foundation.
Since 1987 the BNCR has formed part of the
SBN; since 1991 it has been doing retrospective
cataloguing of its 16th century volumes. Since
1990 the Centro Nazionale per lo Studio del
Libraries in Italy
Figure 6. Istituzione Biblioteca Classense – Ravenna.
Manoscritto (National Centre for the Study of
Manuscripts) contains microfilms of all the manuscripts kept in Italian libraries and in other libraries of bodies that wish to participate in this
service. At the moment BNCR owns about 6 million bibliographic resources.
Istituto Centrale per il Catalogo Unico delle
biblioteche italiane e per le informazioni
bibliografiche (ICCU – Central Institute for
the Union Catalogue of Italian Libraries and
for Bibliographic Information)
The Central Institute for the Union Catalogue of
Italian Libraries and Bibliographic Information (ICCU) got its current name in 1975 when it
replaced the Centro Nazionale per il Catalogo Unico
(National Centre for the Union Catalogue), created
in 1951 with the task of cataloguing the national
bibliographical heritage. Its aim is to arrive at
a union catalogue of all Italian libraries; this is
sought through cooperation with different types
of library (State, university, local authority, etc.).
ICCU looks after the National Library Service
(SBN), the network that links the libraries of MiBAC
and of other ministries, those of local bodies,
universities and other institutes which contribute to the creation of the Italian joint catalogue.
Moreover, the Institute promotes and coordinates
national censuses of the manuscripts of Italian
editions of the 16th century present in the country’s
libraries.
101
Mauro Guerrini and Giovanna Frigimelica
ICCU has another important task: the responsibility
for addressing, producing, spreading and adapting to the Italian situation the international standards (for example, those of IFLA) for cataloguing
different types of material, from manuscripts to
multimedia resources.
In brief, the ICCU is responsible for:
• promoting and coordinating cataloguing and
documentation and overseeing the unification
of methods
• publishing and overseeing the sale and spread
of the Union Catalogue of Italian Libraries
• corresponding with public and private foreign
bibliographical institutes, and with international
bodies working in the sector.
Istituto Centrale per i Beni Sonori
e Audiovisivi (Central Institute for Sound
and Audiovisual Heritage)
The Istituto Centrale per i Beni Sonori e Audiovisivi
(Central Institute for Sound and Audiovisual
Heritage), formerly the Discoteca di Stato, is the
main public collection of sound documentation.
It guarantees the preservation and enjoyment of a
patrimony made up of works published on tape
and on magnetic and optical disc, CD-ROM and
audio and video DVD. It oversees the steady increase of historical collections and the update
of other collections through legal deposit, in cooperation with record companies: from classical
to folk music, from jazz to rock, from orally narrated fairytales to historical speeches.
The collection is composed of about 200,000
supports, such as wax rolls, discs, tapes, CD-ROM
and DVD, plus a collection of tools for sound reproduction and a library. The tape library is composed
of recordings, for the most part unpublished, made
directly by the Institute or other bodies, for example by universities. Since 1992 a catalogue of
the new entries is available online on the SBN network. In 1999 the Museo degli Audiovisivi (MAV –
Museum of Audiovisuals), was established within
the Discoteca di Stato, “with the task of collecting,
preserving and ensuring the public enjoyment of
sound, audiovisual and multimedia material that
was created with traditional methods or with advanced technology”.
Istituto Centrale per il Restauro e la
Conservazione del Patrimonio Archivistico e
Librario (Central Institute for the Restoration
and Preservation of Archives and Books)
The Istituto Centrale per il Restauro e la Conservazione del Patrimonio Archivistico e Librario
(Central Institute for the Restoration and Preservation of Archives and Books) comes under
the MiBAC and evolved from the unification
of the Istituto di Patologia del Libro (Central
Institute for Book Pathology) with the Centro di
fotoriproduzione, legatoria e restauro degli Archivi
di Stato (Centre for Photocopying, Binding and
Restoration of the State Archives). The Central
Institute for Book Pathology, founded in 1938,
carries out functions of research and provides
guidelines and technical coordination in the field
of preservation and restoration of books. It has
research laboratories, owns a specialized library
and a museum, and promotes the diffusion and
development of knowledge on book preservation
and restoration through conferences, seminars
and congresses.
Servizio Bibliotecario Nazionale
(SBN – National Library Service)
The Servizio Bibliotecario Nazionale was born in
the 1980s. SBN is the most widespread network of
Italian libraries; it is promoted by MiBAC, Regions
and universities. It is coordinated by the ICCU,
whose aim is the creation of one union catalogue
of Italian libraries (called Indice). Its members include (in 2008) over 3200 State, university, local
body, public and private institution libraries, of
general or specialist nature and in various fields,
gathered into 61 poli (nodes).14
Figure 7. Children’s corner – Biblioteca
‘Antonio Delfini’ – Modena.
102
Member libraries share the same database model
and the same bibliographical format (SBN-MARC).
Libraries in Italy
Above all they share the same idea of cooperation
and the same objectives: to provide citizens with a
joint national catalogue containing millions of
records, and the related services of resource searching, finding and circulation.
At the end of the 1970s Angela Vinay, director
of ICCU and AIB President, drew up the project
for the National Library Service clearly and farsightedly; SBN was to be primarily focussed on
three premises:
1. Bibliographical control based on a national
book archive and on a national bibliography;
this was not to be limited to the mere reception
and description of current publishing output, but
to work towards the retrospective cataloguing
of books published in the past. This would
have made it possible to build a more or less exhaustive integrated structure of documentary
collections and controlled descriptions of the
resources collected.
2. Universal availability of publications based
on a national service of interlibrary loan (ILL)
and on the support of related international
programmes.
3. Professional education of librarians entrusted
to innovative academic programmes.
The SBN Network
The first local poli (nodes) were activated in
1985. These are formed of one or more libraries
and linked to the union catalogue, also known as
Indice SBN (SBN Index). In 1992, with the start
of Indice SBN, the Italian national network
was created. Initially, the Indice SBN only held
identification (essential) details of the bibliographical records; starting from 1992, it contains
a complete bibliographic description.
SBN supports standardization and cataloguing
simplification; these are considered the basic necessity for the provision of services to users and for the
participation of Italy in the world programmes of
Universal Bibliographic Control (UBC) and Universal Availability of Publications (UAP).
The creation of an integrated union catalogue was
not foreseen; in the 1980s coding of cataloguing
data was still a goal to be achieved. Angela Vinay
writes:
Before SBN the majority of [Italian] librarians
did not know the national cataloguing rules
Figure 8. Istituzione Biblioteca Malatestiana –
Cesena.
or even, in some cases, use any rules for the
description of documents. Cataloguing in SBN
coincided therefore, for many, with learning
RICA (Regole italiane di catalogazione per
autori; Italian Cataloguing Rules for Authors)
and ISBD.15
Libraries that form part of SBN are gathered into
local nodes; each pole consists of one or more
libraries, grouped on a territorial basis, that manage all the services with automated procedures
through terminals linked to a server. The network
has a stellar architecture that foresees communication between a central network (Indice) and the
peripheral poli (nodes). When the user accesses
the Indice he can search a bibliographic resource,
find it in the SBN libraries that possess it and read
its bibliographic record.
SBN libraries work independently and at the same
time are united in a cooperative system based on
a national network. The main functional characteristic that makes this integration possible is
shared cataloguing. In SBN a resource is catalogued only by the first library that acquires it.
Other libraries take its bibliographic record from
the Indice SBN and add the local call number. One
of the most important projects in recent years was
the copying of the Catalogo Cumulativo 1886–
1957 of the Bollettino delle pubblicazioni italiane
ricevute per diritto di stampa dalla Biblioteca
Nazionale Centrale di Firenze (CUBI – 1886–1957
Cumulative Catalogue of the Newsletter of the
103
Mauro Guerrini and Giovanna Frigimelica
Italian Publications received by Legal Deposit
by the Central National Library of Florence), into
the Indice SBN: CUBI was compiled in 1968 and
describes Italian publishing output from 1886
to 1957, for a total of 639,590 entries, arranged
first by class and then by name of the author. The
copying of the CUBI was carried out by BNCF
Indice SBN and involved a retro-conversion of
the records into ISBD format and their entry into
the Indice. The work begun in June 1998 and was
completed in November 2000.
The Indice SBN comprises three main databases,
which are:
1. Base dati Indice–Libri moderni (Modern Books
Data Base). It is the main and the largest database; it is in constant growth. It contains information regarding books published since 1831,
and old and modern periodicals. In September
2008 it contained 3,051,966 personal authors
and collective bodies, and 9,031,143 titles showing more than 42 million call numbers in SBN
member libraries.
2. Base dati Indice–Libri antichi (Antiquarian data
base). It contains information on books published
Figure 9. Biblioteca comunale – Nembro (BG).
104
from the beginning of printing with moveable
type up to and including 1830, the year conventionally adopted at the international level as the
demarcation line between early printed and
modern material. In September 2008 the database contained information on 665,147 titles
and 1,820,235 call numbers.
3. Base dati Indice–Musica (Music data base). It
contains information regarding manuscript
music, printed music, librettos for music published from the 16th century, and sound recordings of over 500 public and private libraries. It
is the main source for the retrospective national
bibliography of music. In September 2008, the
database included 656,764 items.
The databases can be consulted on the Web at http://
opac.sbn.it/opacsbn/opac/iccu/informazioni.jsp.
The Anagrafe delle biblioteche italiane (Registry
Office of Italian Libraries) is very important. It
contains information on Italian libraries and
their essential information: address, size of the
bibliographic collection, type of collection and services to users. Since September 2008 the libraries
covered by the database numbered 16,421.
Libraries in Italy
Catalogue
The OPAC SBN (SBN OPAC) is the public interface of the Indice, the union catalogue of the libraries that participate in the SBN. The OPAC
SBN contains: descriptions of the resources acquired by SBN libraries starting from the years
around 1990 or from the entry of that individual
library into SBN; other documents of the 16th
to the 20th centuries; and descriptions of books
recovered from paper catalogues dating to before
1990.
The database of OPAC SBN is updated weekly.
OPAC SBN allows to:
• identify the resources in which you are
interested
• select libraries that have those resources and access the record of the individual library
• access local catalogues for additional information on the availability of the resource
• access the online loan service or document
delivery (ILL SBN) if the library provides such a
service
• access authority records (Voci di autorità) in the
authority file, controlled form of names created
to grant univocity and uniformity of access
points in the catalogue.
At the present time, just a part of the records for
persons are recorded and researchable. There exist
only authority records for authors and only for a
small part of them.
EDIT16 – Censimento delle edizioni italiane
del XVI secolo (Census of 16th century
Italian editions)
The EDIT16 database, created within the sphere of
the census of 16th century Italian editions project,
aims at documenting Italian printed production
of the 16th century and of making a survey of the
patrimony in the possession of Italian libraries. It
contains descriptions of books printed between
1501 and 1600 in Italy, in all languages, and
printed abroad in Italian. Approximately 1200
Italian libraries, as well as the Biblioteca Statale
della Repubblica di San Marino (State Library of
the Republic of San Marino) and the Biblioteca
Apostolica Vaticana (Vatican Apostolic Library)
participate in EDIT16. EDIT16 also contains
information on authors, publishers, uniform
titles and printers’ devices (digitized images of
the devices are also available). In September
Figure 10. Project of the Central Public
Library – Turin.
2008 the database contained approximately
62,500 bibliographic records of early printed
books, 36,000 of which provide shelf marks in
participating libraries; about 25,000 authority
records of authors; approximately 5500 records
of publishers, typographers and booksellers; and
approximately 2200 records of printers’ devices.
University Library Networks16
The situation is a rather complex one. Universities
of Centre-North Italy have well-organized and
efficient library networks. Among these are the
Universities of Trent, Milan, Genoa, Pavia, Padua,
Bologna, Florence and Siena. Universities of
Southern Italy have difficulty in organizing themselves, in spite of some praiseworthy exceptions.
This just confirms the historical gap between the
different areas of the country, although a certain
activism does emerge in the South and in the
islands.
Only a part of university library networks participate in SBN; among university library networks
that do not participate in SBN, Aleph ILS is a popular choice. Other universities still use different software, without participating in any cooperative
program.
MAI (MetaOPAC Azalai), created in 1999, allows
a cumulative query of about 250 Italian (SBN and
other networks) library catalogues, offering a
partial coverage of university library catalogues.
105
Mauro Guerrini and Giovanna Frigimelica
A census of Italian university library networks, held
in 2007, resulted from the convergence of interests
between the Conferenza dei Rettori delle Università
Italiane (CRUI – Conference of Italian University
Rectors) and the Gruppo interuniversitario sul
monitoraggio dei sistemi bibliotecari di ateneo
(GIM – Interuniversity Group on Monitoring of
University Library Networks).17 Investigated universities numbered 74 (73 of whom provided
answers), the data being referred to 2006. Formal
establishment of library networks appears by
now to have been almost completed at national
level. In fact only two universities declared that
they formalized the existence of the library network in any of their by-laws.
from 84,510 in 2002 to 80,614 in 2006. As regards the collections, the GIM estimated about
1,075,000 annual acquisitions and 209,000 active
subscriptions to print periodicals for 2006. Total
expenditure on bibliographic material for 2006
was EUR 116,448,425. Eighty-three percent of university libraries provide lending and reference
services, while 76 percent provide document delivery services.
Reorganization of Italian universities in recent
years led to a decrease in the number of university
libraries from the 1345 estimated for 77 universities
in 2002 to 1227 for 73 universities in 2007. The number of service points also declined from 1902 to
1553 in the same period, and this process allowed
to reduce costs while offering the same quality.
The commitment of Italian universities towards
open access became a concrete reality with the
signature by 72 of 77 rectors of Italian universities of the Dichiarazione di Messina (Messina
Statement)19 in November 2004. The impact of
this document on the situation of Italian universities was, however, less than expected, due to the
lack of a national policy in support of open access
and, above all, of a related “organizational infrastructure at national level that could support coordinated research and study projects inherent
The total space assigned to university library services is estimated at 696,000 square metres. The
total number of reading places declined slightly
Figure 11. Biblioteca ‘San Giorgio’ – Pistoia.
106
National cooperation initiatives for access to electronic resources18 are focussed on the activities
connected with dealing with suppliers, while collection, preservation, and document delivery policy
issues find it hard to make progress.
Libraries in Italy
to the reform and diffusion of the scientific
communication system, within whose scope funds
for supporting repositories could be allocated”20.
In spite of this, in 2007–2008 a strategy of selfarchiving showed a gradual and significant step
forward in Italy. In July 2008, there were in fact
40 Italian archives indexed in the OpenDOAR,
the Directory of Open Access Repositories.21
Public Libraries22
According to statistics compiled by ICCU,23 there
are 4918 public libraries, most of which (4797,
nearly 98 percent of the total) belong to municipalities. Of the remainder, 55 are owned by
Regions, 10 by Provinces, 24 by consortia and associations of corporate bodies and 9 by unions
of municipalities. As in the case of university
libraries, there is a considerable gap between
the various areas of the country: more than half
(51 percent) are located in Northern Italy, 20 percent in the Centre and 29 percent in the South
(the extent of the imbalance is to be related to the
population to be served). Although public libraries of Southern Italy are not always functional, in
certain areas of the South they are beginning to
be a consolidated reality.
Public libraries in medium to large size cities are
usually part of a local urban library network that
includes a headquarters and branches situated in
various areas of the city (for example Trent, Milan).
Some Regions de facto impose the creation of local
library networks (for example Tuscany Region),
usually on a provincial or inter-municipal basis,
with a resulting clear improvement in the quality
and efficiency of the service to citizens. Public libraries offer a host of services, and bibliographic
resources are available for reading on site or for
loan. In most cases (58 percent) book collections
do not exceed 10,000 volumes. Almost one third
(32 percent) of the libraries have collections of
10,000 to 100,000 volumes, while only 3.3 percent
exceed that threshold.
As regards attendances, the only information
available at national level comes from the ISTAT
investigation:24 in 2006 11.7 percent of the population of 11 years of age and older (6,100,000 people)
state they had been in a library at least once in
the 12 months preceding the interview. Of these
over half did so exclusively for reasons of study
and/or work (51.7 percent), 36.4 percent only for
recreational purposes, and 10.5 percent for both
purposes. Libraries are used more in the NorthEast (16.1 percent), the North-West follows with
13.5 percent; the Centre is at 11.1 percent. Lesser
percentages are found in the South (7.7 percent)
and in the Islands (9.4 percent). The Regions
with the highest rate of library attendances are
Trentino Alto-Adige with 28.8 percent and Valle
d’Aosta (27 percent). A far way off we find Emilia
Romagna (16.1 percent), Sardinia (14.6 percent),
Lombardia (14.5 percent) and Veneto (14.2 percent). The lowest rate is found in Campania
(6.2 percent).
The ISTAT survey showed that people go to the
public library to borrow books (59.1 percent),
read and study (44.5 percent), get general or bibliographic information (42.4 percent) and, to a
lesser extent, consult catalogues (11.8 percent),
borrow newspapers, magazines or other printed
material (7.4 percent), and borrow audio-visual
material (8.5 percent). A comparison with the
data for 2000 shows an increase in the number
of users who attend libraries to read/study (from
40.6 percent to 44.5 percent) and to borrow audiovisual material (from 4.2 percent to 8.5 percent), while there is a decrease in the number of
users who go to libraries to get information (from
43.8 percent to 42.4 percent).
Ecclesiastical Libraries25
Ecclesiastical libraries are an important element of
the Italian scene. The Annuario delle biblioteche
ecclesiastiche italiane (Yearbook of Italian
Ecclesiastical Libraries), published by the Associazione dei Bibliotecari Ecclesiastici Italiani
(ABEI – Association of Italian Ecclesiastical Librarians) in 1995, with constant updates published in
the Notiziario dell’ABEI (ABEI Bulletin), records
the existence of 1469 libraries in a presumed total
of at least 5500 existing ecclesiastical institutes.
These libraries are of various types: diocesan,
chapter, monastic and convent, parochial, seminary, of theological faculties (these are in fact university libraries), of institutes of religious sciences,
of ecclesiastical academies, of Catholic associations
and ecclesial movements.26
Ecclesiastical bodies often have a complex structure, which is reflected in their libraries. The oldest
libraries are the chapter and monastic libraries,
that usually possess important and rare documents
107
Mauro Guerrini and Giovanna Frigimelica
of a liturgical, biblical and canonical nature. Then
there are the modern functional libraries of the
Roman ecclesiastical universities that have hundreds of thousands of volumes and the most
sophisticated computer technology. And then
the libraries of religious schools, not to mention
the more modest parish libraries, with a limited
range of activities. Among libraries of the same
type the size of the patrimony can differ greatly. The
total bibliographic patrimony of the ecclesiastical
libraries amounts to about 30 million volumes and
the Italian Episcopal Conference (CEI) recently
launched an online cumulative catalogue, called
CEIBIB.27
School Libraries28
School libraries are rather uncommon, especially in
compulsory education schools (primary and middle schools). A fair number of Italian high schools
(lyceums) have book collections available to teachers and students, but these often come with no catalogues. Moreover, economic resources are few as
are study spaces and especially skilled and stable
personnel. Many school librarians are teachers
who look after the library.
Figure 12. Biblioteca ‘Sandro Penna’ – Perugia.
108
In recent years Italy has worked hard to raise
school attendance, reaching 93 percent of students
registered in high schools;29 the rise in school
at-tendance has, however, been accompanied by
a still disturbing rate of school dropouts (20 percent), that increase at the university level. Meanwhile, Italian schools are still strongly affected by
an ‘imperfect’ autonomy, inasmuch as they are
still lacking in dynamism and creativity; they are
also suffering from the effects of financial cuts at
the central level and from the uncertainty that
weighs on the entire system. All this translates into
a whole series of organizational and management
problems coming at a high cost to teaching and
the quality of the education.
The institutional answer to the problem continues
to be that of using teachers who are no longer suitable for teaching due to serious health reasons,
but suitable for other functions and tasks, among
which are libraries (as well as in the school secretariat, in the branch offices of the Ministry, in
laboratories, etc.)
In 2007, the Ministero della Pubblica Istruzione
(Ministry for Public Education) initiated the project ‘Amico libro’ (‘Book Friend’)30 with the aim
Libraries in Italy
of spreading good practices in promoting reading; eligible schools were rewarded with a oneoff sum of EUR 1000 for purchasing new books.
Almost half (4214) of all schools answered the
announcement of the project, of which twothirds (2751) were primary and secondary schools,
among which were Istituti comprensivi (institutes
that include many levels of teaching), elementary
schools and kindergartens. Participation was
considerably imbalanced in favour of the North
and the Centre: this highlights a disturbing gap,
due to the fact that even new means of communication see the centre-north schools more ready
to grasp opportunities and incentives offered to
schools. For example, only the northern Province
of Bolzano has regulated the field of school
libraries with the provincial law of 7th August
1990, no. 17.31
Other Libraries
Many foreign universities, especially those of the
United States, have a library in Italy, especially in
Florence and Rome. Moreover, the library of the
European University Institute, specializing in
social and juridical subjects, is located in Fiesole
(Florence).
Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana
(Vatican Apostolic Library)
The origins of the library, located in the Vatican
City, date to the early centuries of the papacy. The
current library took shape with the humanist
Pope Nicholas V (1447–1455), who organized
a large collection of codices, the first nucleus
of the Vatican Library. Pope Sixtus IV gave it
juridical form through the bull Ad decorem
militantis ecclesiae (15th July 1475). The library
has acquired numerous manuscript and book
collections: the library of Fulvio Orsini (1657),
the library of Queen Christina of Sweden (1690),
and the private libraries of numerous pontiffs. The
Vatican Library specializes in humanities (history, history of art, classic literature, philology);
it has volumes in many languages and in various
alphabets. The patrimony consists of: 1,600,000
ancient and modern printed volumes; 8,300
incunabula (of which 65 are on parchment);
150,000 manuscript codices and archival papers;
300,000 coins and medals and about 20,000 art
objects. Access is granted only to university teachers and scholars. Documents cannot be borrowed.
The catalogue of the modern printed volumes
Figure 13. Biblioteca ‘Tiraboschi’ – Bergamo.
is online since 1985, and includes over 800,000
records.
Biblioteca Ambrosiana (Ambrosian Library)
The Biblioteca Ambrosiana, located in Milan, was
founded by Cardinal Federico Borromeo in 1609,
and is one of the first public libraries of Europe.
It was conceived by its founder as a study centre:
he in fact desired that the library should be near
to other cultural institutions, such as the Collegio
dei Dottori, the Academy of Fine Arts and the
Art Gallery. The cardinal collected many Greek,
Latin and vulgar codices for his library and also
codices in various oriental languages. Among
these are the precious collections from such religious institutions as the Benedictine monastery of
Bobbio, the Agostinian convent of Santa Maria
Incoronata and the library of the Metropolitan
Chapter of Milan; there are also volumes from important private collections. There is also an Arab
and Oriental collection of great importance and
the Codice Atlantico (Atlantic Code) of Leonardo
of Vinci.
Biblioteca Sala Borsa (Sala Borsa Library)
The Sala Borsa Library, inaugurated in Bologna
in December 2001, opens a rich and fascinating
cultural and multimedia space inside Palazzo
d'Accursio, the old historical seat of the municipality that faces onto Piazza Maggiore, centre
and heart of Bologna. With a collection of 260,000
resources, it is one of the largest Italian public
109
Mauro Guerrini and Giovanna Frigimelica
libraries as regards to contemporary bibliographic
resources. Since its opening it has lent over 5 million resources thanks to its 60,000 active users.32
This library was the only Italian library highlighted
among 100 new library buildings of 39 countries,
through photographs and detailed descriptions,
in New Library Buildings of the World (2nd ed.),
published for IFLA by Shanghai Scientific & Technological Literature.
Two Projects for New Libraries
Biblioteca Europea di Informazione e Cultura
(BEIC – European Library of Information and
Culture)
The ‘Milano Biblioteca del 2000’ Association was
founded in 1997 with the aim of promoting the
creation of a European Library of Information
and Culture, with its seat in Milan, occupying an
area of 20,000 square metres. The international
competition for its design, announced by the
Municipality of Milan in 2001, was completed on
9th November 2001. The competition was won by
the architect Peter Wilson of Münster, Germany.
The final project was handed over on 18th April
2006 and the executive plan was consigned on
4th March 2008. Currently, the project ran
aground for lack of funds.
Biblioteca civica centrale di Torino
(Central Public Library of Turin)
In March 2001, an international jury chose the
project of architect Mario Bellini for the Cultural
Centre of Turin, including the new Central Public
Library and the headquarters of the foreign cultural institutes, along with a restaurant and several other commercial services. The new Central
Public Library (19,000 square metres) will take
the form of a large multimedia centre. It will be
able to house around one million resources (including around 300,000 in open access areas)
and will be totally wired up to be able to offer the
public the instruments and resources of new technologies. It will be equipped with seats for 1,500
people, individual study stations and rooms for
group activities.
Legislation33
Legal Deposit
The new law on legal deposit (law no. 106 of
15th April 2004) replaces the law of 1939 and
subsequent amendments of 1945. On 3rd May
2006 the D.P.R. (Decreto del Presidente della
Repubblica – President of the Italian Republic
Decree) no. 252 was issued: ‘Regolamento recante
norme in materia di deposito legale dei documenti
di interesse culturale destinati all’uso pubblico’
(‘Regulations on the Norms Regarding the Legal
Deposit of Documents of Cultural Interest Destined for Public Use’), in force from 2nd September
2006.
AIB contributed useful suggestions and proposals
for the necessary amendments to the 1939 regulations. However, the law of 2004 did not really
deal with today’s problems of legal deposit; the
context has indeed quite changed from that of
1939. Law 106/2004 therefore presents both
positive and negative aspects. The positive aspects are:
Figure 14. Rome, Florence and Venice, 1929:
first conference of the International Federation
of Library Associations.
110
• clear identification of the goals which should
be achieved with legal deposit
• statement of the need for two levels of archive:
national and regional
Libraries in Italy
• transfer of the documents from the printer (simple executants) to the publisher (responsible for
the work)
• full list of the different types of documents to
be deposited for the formation of the archive,
including also digital-born resources and web
distributed resources.
The inclusion of electronic resources, in agreement with the latest IFLA/UNESCO guidelines
of 200034 still has a taste of avant-garde; few laws
of European countries include web distributed
resources at present, because of the obvious difficulties of preservation, description and control
of them. At the moment, however, a real digital
repository does not yet exist.
The new legal deposit regulations are important because they increase the coverage of the
national publishing output, especially as regards
so-called lesser publishing and as regards the extension of the deposit requirement to graphics and
electronic resources, excluded until now from the
legal deposit, and for the positive effects on the national bibliographical services as a whole.
Each Italian Region has seen to the identification
of the libraries and other cultural institutes that
should receive regional publishing output.35 Criteria for choosing depository libraries therefore
vary from Region to Region.
Copyright
A process for reorganizing laws regarding intellectual property and copyright started in 2002. Its
aim was to adapt and bring Italian legislation into
line with the general principles of the European
Union.
The work of revising the text of the law in force
(633/1941) on copyright has been intensified in
recent years, thanks to a specially formed Commission within the MiBAC Permanent Consultative Committee36 (ex art. 190 of l. 633/1941). In
2005 the Commission in office at the time tried
to prepare a systematic reform project that was
innovative in its form and content, but without
success. It did however produce a draft that
was judged negatively by the Presidency of the
Council of Ministers then in office. The aim of
the Commission in office for the three-year period
2007–2009 was to promote a serious discussion in
order to arrive at transparent and shared solutions.
Representatives of the AIB contributed to the drawing up of the proposals of the Working Group
‘Libere utilizzazioni’ (Free Uses); these proposals,
together with those of other working groups were
first inserted in wiki and then in the final document
‘Proposte per una riforma del diritto d’autore –
Proposals for a Reform of Copyright’37 delivered
to MiBAC in December 2007.
A correct application of the laws in force on copyright for libraries means limiting the activities of
users, such as the reduction to 15 percent of the
contents that can be photocopied and the prohibition to reproduce and lend printed music.
Italy, like several other European countries,
was convicted by the European Commission for
not having applied the European Commission
directive 92/100/CE on public reading libraries
(the law required to charge a fee for loans made
in public libraries).
Following the sentence, the Italian government
amended the national regulation in force, introducing the principle of remuneration of publishers
for loans in State and local body libraries and
establishing a national fund of EUR 3 million.
The fund is financed 80 percent by the State and
20 percent by Regions.
The main reform proposals made by the AIB, and
shared with the other associations participating
in the ‘Free uses’ Working Group. are:
• lawfulness of reproductions in order to aid
the preservation of the works in library collections
• making available the backup copy in the place
of the original
• gratuitousness of reading of works or playing
of pieces of works of any type, carried out for
cultural advertising in public libraries or in similar cultural institutes, after communication to
owners of copyright
• legality of reproduction of indexes, summaries,
abstracts, covers, etc. in OPACs
• communication to the public of orphan works
or of those no longer on sale
• reproduction by libraries and communication
to the public in favour of users with physical
disabilities
• increase of the percentage of pages that can be
reproduced for personal-only use
• lawfulness of electronic document delivery for
personal-only use.
111
Mauro Guerrini and Giovanna Frigimelica
Professional Education and the
Library Profession38
In Italy, as elsewhere, higher education is considered the basic path for the education of librarians. The Italian university system currently
includes 80 universities associated with the
CRUI. Many universities offer graduate courses in
cultural heritage studies and some a postgraduate
degree in archival science and librarianship. Other
universities offer annual master’s courses; the
University of Florence, for example, has a 2-year
master’s course. Since 1997, the University of
Udine, in consortium with other Italian universities and, since 2007, the Università La Sapienza
of Rome, offers a PhD program in bibliography,
librarianship and archival science. The Scuola
Superiore per archivisti e bibliotecari (SSAB –
Special School for Archivists and Librarians) of
La Sapienza , once the only Italian postgraduate
course in the field, now completely restructured,
offers a very varied series of studies. Updated information on education opportunities in this field
can be found through the AIB-WEB Formazione
professionale (Professional formation) list.39
The profession of librarian does not have juridical
recognition in Italy, nor does it have a precisely defined educational curriculum. Every individual
administration adopts different criteria for hiring
new staff. In this difficult context, Italian librarians
and AIB have tried to contact labor unions and
bodies that own libraries to define professional
profiles.
Professional Associations
Associazione italiana biblioteche
(AIB – Italian Library Association)
The Italian Library Association (AIB) is the professional association of Italian librarians. It was
founded in 1930, with the name of Association
of Italian Librarians, and it took its current name
in 1933. It has about 4000 members, mainly librarians, but membership is also open to libraries
and to persons or bodies interested in the field
(students, international libraries, private companies, etc.). Corporate bodies (local and otherwise)
form approximately 10 percent of the members.
The Association has among its objectives the promotion of the organization and development of
libraries in Italy; AIB works through commissions
112
and study groups and through the organization of congresses and conferences. The institutional structure of AIB is divided into a Comitato
Esecutivo Nazionale (CEN – National Executive
Committee) composed of seven members; CEN
is flanked by the College of Arbitrators and the
Union College, and Comitati Esecutivi Regionali
(CER – Regional Executive Committees), these
too with seven members each, all elected every
3 years.
Regional sections have financial and political
autonomy. They draw up activity programmes
on the basis of the ‘Programmatic lines’ expressed
by the CEN. The Consiglio nazionale dei presidenti regionali (CNPR – National Council of Regional Presidents), presided over by the President
of AIB, has a fundamental role in the coordination of regional activities and supports the CEN
in its decisions. As the representative association
of the professional community, AIB manages
and maintains the Italian roll of librarians. Registration in the Roll on the one hand certifies the
professional skill of its members and on the
other offers users a certification of their actual
skills.
It publishes two periodicals:
Bollettino AIB (AIB Bulletin): a 4-monthly
bulletin; it deals with librarianship issues with
special attention to the international sphere
and to innovations in the field.
AIB notizie (AIB news): this is the association’s
newsletter, dedicated to news, information on
the association and its activities, subjects of
interest that emerged from online discussion
lists, etc.
AIB organizes a National Congress every year. In
2008 it had arrived at its 55th edition. The annual
national congress also hosts Bibliocom, a fair of
products and services for libraries.
The AIB official website, AIB-WEB (http://www.
aib.it) provides institutional information and documents on the activity of the Association, and also
news on libraries and library professions. Among
the major services are the Repertorio degli OPAC
italiani (Index of Italian OPACs), on whose basis
MAI was created; and Segnaweb, an index of websites selected by Italian librarians, useful for the
information services of public libraries, but also
directly for citizens.
Libraries in Italy
Associazione dei bibliotecari ecclesiastici
italiani (ABEI – Association of Italian
Ecclesiastical Librarians)
The Association of Italian Ecclesiastical Librarians (ABEI), gathers together librarians of Italian
ecclesiastical libraries. It promotes librarianship
studies, publishes Bollettino ABEI, a 4-monthly
bulletin, and promotes professional courses. It
also sponsors ACOLIT. Autori cattolici e opere
liturgiche. Una lista d’autorità (Catholic Authors
and Liturgical Works. An Authority List) three
volumes of which have already been published.
The first volume is entitled Bible, Catholic Church,
Roman Curia, the Pontifical State, the Vatican,
Popes and Anti-Popes (1998); the second is
Religious Orders (2000); the third, Liturgical
Works (2004); the fourth, in course of preparation, is dedicated to the Fathers of the Church
and will come out presumably at the beginning
of 2010.
Vendors
Mention should be made of the presence of
important vendors of bibliographic resources and
services that contribute to spreading Italian books
in the world: among these are Casalini Libri, with
headquarters in Fiesole (Florence) and Licosa,
with headquarters in Florence.
A Current Overview of Italian
Libraries
The current situation of Italian libraries probably
reflects the more general problems and characteristics of our society: almost half of the libraries
are located in the North; the remainder are located between the Centre and the South; there are
no complete statistics regarding public libraries
Figure 15. Rome, 14–18 September 1964: AIB hosted the 30th Session of the IFLA Council.
113
Mauro Guerrini and Giovanna Frigimelica
and surveys highlight a lack of homogeneity in
geographic distribution and in the quality of services. All the information and indicators worsen
gradually as we go from the North to the South of
Italy; about half of the libraries possess less than
5,000 resources, a quantity that is insufficient for
assuring even a basic access to culture. Lack of
homogeneity of services and weak structures characterize Italian libraries, in spite of the undoubted
points of excellence, especially within public and
university libraries.
In this problematic condition of deficiency, a sort
of parallel and private national Italian bibliography
has even emerged – I Libri – created by Casalini
Libri. I Libri has been most successful – so much
so that several library management softwares
have implemented an import function for it.
National Services
National services carry out an irreplaceable function even if currently lacking and inadequate, but
they need to make radical changes.
What proposals can be put forward?
National Library of Italy and Italian National
Bibliography
The establishment of a single National Library of
Italy is to be desired. This would encompass at
least the current BNCF, BNCR, ICCU, the Istituto
Centrale per i Beni Sonori e Audiovisivi and the
Istituto Centrale per il Restauro e la Conservazione
del Patrimonio Archivistico e Librario. This Library would be guaranteed autonomy from a
scientific, financial and administrative point of
view. The State should concentrate its resources
on the infrastructural services that are required
for a National Library of Italy and for an Italian
National Bibliography. Bibliographic control
should be timely, distributed (but with a central agency that coordinates the bibliographical process), using skilled personnel. A first step
in this direction is the upcoming creation of a
single SBN node that will encompass BNCF and
BNCR.
Creation of Retrospective Databases
Structural and coordinated interventions are
needed so that a full (from the first book printed
in Subiaco to the latest novel published in Milan)
114
catalogue of Italian bibliographic production
is available. What is required is a National
Retrospective Bibliography to ensure bibliographic
control of Italian publishing output of the past. A
network needs to be created to preserve and make
available the national cultural production in the
various fields of knowledge, with a programme
for completing the retrospective part that is now
in existence; this programme should be realized
through an efficient and coordinated system of
legal deposit and through collaboration with
universities, research centres and academic publishers. So as to include electronic resources, institutional repositories could be established under
the National Library of Italy. Current legislation on
legal deposit (l.106 of 2004) offers contradictory
elements such as uncertainty of funding and omits
crucial themes regarding digitization.
Drafting and Dissemination of Norms
and Standards
Individual libraries and individual areas of cooperation should concentrate on cultural projects
and services, not bibliographic, descriptive, or semantic norms and guidelines. This task should
be accomplished by the National Library of Italy,
which should provide librarians with updated,
controlled and trustworthy working tools.
Management of a National Authority File
An authority file of Italian authors and of anonymous Italian works (concepts that certainly
are not easy to define) has been created by ICCU,
but is still at an early stage. The authority file
should be based on a real integration of the various
specialized libraries and on the cooperation of publishers (as happens for example in Great Britain).
This work is basic and essential for the preservation
and development of our culture.
Final Comments
The complex situation of Italian libraries and the
variety of bodies that manage them would require
the establishment of a framework transversal to
libraries of various types, possibly under the protection of a professional agency, in cooperation
with university research structures. Italian libraries, like the entire cultural field, receive funding that is often inadequate to the service mission
and to their information and cultural function.
Libraries in Italy
Moreover, the gap between the North and South
of the country remains unresolved as regards the
quality of sites and services.
In the last 20 years, however (and notwithstanding frequent negligence and confusion), numerous
bodies (MiBAC, universities, municipalities, provinces, dioceses, etc.) have invested in the functional restructuring of historical libraries (for
example, the Municipal Library of Trent, the Classense Library of Ravenna), in the inauguration of
modern libraries that respect the quality standards
established by IFLA (for example, the National
Library of Bari, the Biblioteca Sala Borsa of
Bologna, the Library of the University of Bolzano,
numerous libraries of the University of Venice, the
Biblioteca di Scienze Sociali of the University of
Florence, the Biblioteca San Giorgio of Pistoia) and
in the presentation of projects for new libraries (for
example the University Library of Genoa). Again
in the last 20 years there has been a considerable
professional growth in Italian librarians, who, in
many cases, have attained a commendable level
of quality, due to the spread of librarianship in
Italian universities, the introduction of professional
courses by AIB, Regions and private agencies, the
spread of periodicals specializing in LIS and the
participation of an increasing number of Italian
librarians in the international scientific and professional debate.
Notes and References
1. Some parts of the text are taken from the AIB Report
2005–2006 and AIB Report 2007–2008. A note indicates the author and the original title as they appear
in the Report. I would like to thank Enrica Vadalà
and Giuliano Genetasio for their help in editing the
text. Thanks to Roberto Ventura and Carlo Bianchini
for the cooperation.
2. Associazione Italiana Biblioteche. Rapporto sulle
biblioteche italiane 2005–2006, edito da Vittorio
Ponzani; direzione scientifica di Giovanni Solimine,
Roma, AIB, 2006. Information on annual reports
is available at http://www.aib.it/aib/editoria/rbib/
rbib.htm
3. http://www.librari.beniculturali.it/genera.jsp
4. http://www.beniculturali.it/
5. http://www.iccu.sbn.it/
6. http://www.dds.it/
7. http://www.bncrm.librari.beniculturali.it/
8. http://www.bncf.firenze.sbn.it/
9. http://www.ilpianetalibro.it/generaNews.jsp?id=96
10. http://www.iccu.sbn.it/genera.jsp?s=5&l=it
11. http://www.iccu.sbn.it/genera.jsp?s=18&l=it
12. http://www.internetculturale.it/
13. http://www.ilpianetalibro.it/
14. http://www.iccu.sbn.it/moduli/poli/poli.jsp?s=5
15. La cooperazione. Il servizio bibliotecario nazionale.
Atti del 30° Congresso nazionale della Associazione
Italiana Biblioteche. Messina, Università di Messina,
1986. p. 241.
16. Text prepared by Gabriele Mazzitelli and Serena
Spinelli. I sistemi bibliotecari di ateneo: la nuova
indagine GIM. In: Associazione italiana biblioteche.
Rapporto sulle biblioteche italiane 2007–2008, a cura
di Vittorio Ponzani, Roma, AIB, 2009.
17. http://gim.cab.unipd.it/
18. The activity of CARE (the group for Coordinating
Access to Electronic Resources), formed within the
sphere of the agreement between the CRUI and the consortiums and purchasing groups operating in Italy,
among these CIPE, Ciber, Caspur e Cilea should be
noted, http://www.crui-care.it/
19. http://www.aepic.it/conf/viewappendix.php?id=
49&ap=1&cf=1
20. Maria Cassella. Il ruolo del bibliotecario nei depositi
istituzionali. Biblioteche oggi, vol. 25(5) (2007) 3–14.
21. http://www.opendoar.org/countrylist.php?cContine
nt=Europe#Italy
22. Text prepared by Stefano Parise. Sull’identità della
biblioteca pubblica: una discussione. In: Associazione
italiana biblioteche. Rapporto sulle biblioteche italiane
2007–2008, op. cit.
23. The data are taken from the registry of Italian libraries
managed by the Central Institute for the Union Catalogue of Italian Libraries and for Bibliographic information (ICCU) of MiBAC, http://anagrafe.iccu.sbn.
it/index.html. Consultation carried out on January 21,
2009.
24. http://www.istat.it/salastampa/comunicati/non_
calendario/20070510_00/
25. Text prepared by Fausto Ruggeri. Biblioteche
ecclesiastiche. In: Associazione italiana biblioteche.
Rapporto sulle biblioteche italiane 2005–2006, cit.,
p. 92–93.
26. The inventory can be consulted on the ABEI website;
the libraries censored are 55,599. http://www.abei.
it/index.php?file=ecclesiastiche.php&sezione=Bibli
oteche%20Ecclesiastiche&menu=Repertorio%20ge
nerale%20-%20Dbase
27. http://www.ceibib.it/
28. Text prepared by Luisa Marquardt. La biblioteca nella
scuola. In: Associazione italiana biblioteche. Rapporto
sulle biblioteche italiane 2007–2008, op. cit.
29. Source: Ministero della Pubblica Istruzione 2006.
30. http://www.pubblica.istruzione.it/eventiprogetti/
amico_libro.shtml
31. Cfr. http://www.provincia.bz.it/intendenza-scolastica/
Ordinamento/pagine/19.htm
32. Information updated to 31st December 2007, http://
www.bibliotecasalaborsa.it/documenti/8019
33. Text prepared by Anna Maria Mandillo, Legislazione.
In: Associazione italiana biblioteche. Rapporto
sulle biblioteche italiane 2005–2006, Rome: AIB,
2006, p. 19–22; Luca Bellingeri, Rosa Maiello, et al.
Normativa e politica bibliotecaria. In: Associazione
italiana biblioteche. Rapporto sulle biblioteche italiane
2007–2008, op. cit.
34. Internet Manifesto. http://www.ifla.org/III/misc/
internetmanif.htm
115
Mauro Guerrini and Giovanna Frigimelica
35. For an analysis of the law see Paola Puglisi, Deposito
legale, la bicicletta nuova. Bollettino AIB, vol. 47(1/2)
(2007) 11–41, available also at the URL: http://www.
aib.it/aib/boll/2007/0701011.htm
36. Cfr. The entry in Wikipedia: Permanent Consultative
Committee for, par. 7: Special commissions, work
groups and the limited commission, http://it.wikipedia.
org/wiki/Comitato_consultivo_ permanente_per_il_
diritto_d’autore
37. http://www.spettacolo.beniculturali.it/dipart/autore/
moduli/Proposte%20per%20una%20riforma%20del
%20diritto%20d’autore.pdf
38. Text prepared by Claudio Gamba and Piera Colarusso.
Il riconoscimento della professione di bibliotecario.
In: Associazione italiana biblioteche. Rapporto sulle
biblioteche italiane 2007–2008, op. cit.
39. http://www.aib.it/aib/form/form.htm3
About the Authors
Mauro Guerrini is Professor of Library Science at the
University of Florence, Department for the Middle
Ages and the Renaissance and Dean of the Master
in Archivist, Library Science and Cataloging. He has
been President of the Italian Library Association
(AIB) since 2005, a Professor at the University of
Udine from 1992 to 1999, and at the School for
Archivists and Librarians of the University of Rome
La Sapienza from 1999 to 2001; he has also taught
at the universities of Pisa and Pavia and on many
professional courses. Prior to assuming academic
positions he was librarian at the public libraries
of San Marcello Pistoiese (Pistoia) (1980) and
Montecatini Terme (Pistoia) (1980–1981) and,
successively, Director of the Library and Museum
Leonardiano in Vinci (Florence) from 1981 to 1992.
A graduate in Italian Literature from the University
of Rome La Sapienza, Professor Guerrini obtained
the Diploma of Librarian and the Diploma in the
Conservation of Manuscripts at the School for
Archivists and Librarians (University of Rome La
Sapienza) and later the archivist certificate at the
Sovrintendenza Archivistica in Florence. He is Editor
116
of ACOLIT (Catholic Authors and Liturgical Works) and
author of many publications; he is also a member
of the editorial boards of Cataloging & Classification
Quarterly and other journals. He has been a member
of AIB (Italian Library Association) since 1979, ABEI
(Italian Catholic Library Association) since 1994
and IFLA (University of Florence) since 1998. He
is Chair of the AIB Committee on Cataloguing and
a member of the IFLA ISBD Review Group and the
IFLA Cataloguing Committee. He may be contacted
at: University of Firenze, Dipartimento di Studi sul
Medioevo e Rinascimento, Piazza Brunelleschi
4-50121 Firenze, Italy.
E-mail:
[email protected]; mauro.
[email protected] Website: http://www.meri.unifi.it/
CMpro-v-p-111.html
Giovanna Frigimelica has been Secretary General of
the Italian Library Association (AIB) since February
2009. She previously worked for the AIB since 2006
as librarian in the special library of the Association,
in charge of following the publishing workflows of
AIB monographs and journals, and of the marketing
of promotional advertisement and sponsorship.
Graduated in 2001 in Conservation of Cultural
heritage (LIS syllabus) from the Ca' Foscari University
of Venice, she worked from 2001 to 2005 for an
outsourcing agency as librarian in several libraries
(mostly public) of Treviso and Venice provinces.
Since 2000 she cooperates with the board of AIB
Website for the maintenance of several pages,
and she maintains a personal website with online
resources on LIS: http://www.frigimelica.it/vrd/vrd.
htm. Due to this interest, she has been a speaker
in some training courses about library web design
and Internet searching skills from 2004. She may
be contacted at: Associazione Italiana Biblioteche,
Casella postale 2461, I-00185 Roma AD, Italy.
Tel. +39 06 4463532. Fax: +39 06 4441139.
Mobile +39 333 7644084. skype: aib.frigimelica
E-mail:
[email protected]
Website: http://www.aib.it
Stimulating IFLA’s Ethical Conscience:
FAIFE 2003–2009
Paul Sturges
Paul Sturges is Professor Emeritus,
Department of Information
Science, Loughborough University,
UK and Professor Extraordinary, University of Pretoria, South
Africa. His central professional
commitment since the mid-1990s
has been to intellectual freedom
issues. He has been Chair of the
IFLA FAIFE Committee since August
2003 and was a consultant to
the Council of Europe on freedom
of expression and public access
points to networked information,
and also on library legislation,
1997–2001. He drew up the
Council of Europe guidelines on
public access and freedom of
expression in networked information and was Project Leader
for the Privacy in the Digital Library
Environment project, financed by
UK Re:source, 2000–2001. He
has travelled widely throughout
the world, giving lectures and
conference presentations, and
leading workshops on intellectual
freedom topics. His more than
150 articles, reports and books
deal with a variety of issues in information science, with a strong
About the Author continued on
page 122
Abstract
Reviews the activities of the Free Access to Information and Freedom of
Expression (FAIFE) programme of IFLA from 2003 to 2009, based on
three types of activity: intervention, education, and advocacy. FAIFE is
still prepared to intervene in cases of threat to the stock, services and staff
of libraries, but this was not the predominant form of activity during the
period. With the aid of a grant from Swedish Sida, FAIFE has developed an
education programme consisting of workshops using specially written sets
of learning materials. These first dealt with the IFLA/UNESCO Internet
Manifesto and Access to HIV/AIDS Information. Further sets of learning
materials, on Libraries and Transparency, and Public Access to Health Information, have since been developed. The workshops, facilitated by FAIFE
trainers, train local trainers to disseminate the message more widely in their
own country and region. The centre of FAIFE’s advocacy work has had the
creation of the IFLA Manifesto on Transparency, Good Governance and
Freedom from Corruption. A model of participative policy development,
leading into training workshops, and a consequent strengthening of the
advocacy capacity of the library profession can now be identified.
Keywords: IFLA; FAIFE; free access to information; freedom of expression;
training
By 2009 it is fair to say that the importance of the Free Access to
Information and Freedom of Expression Core Activity (FAIFE) to
IFLA has become widely accepted in professional circles. The maturing process in the library and information profession generally
has been accompanied by a shift in emphasis in professional discourse away from a preoccupation with technical matters towards
a growing interest in all aspects of the role of information in human
life. Whilst in the discipline of library and information science (LIS)
this is capable of being a detached and academic interest, in the
profession as a whole it takes the form of urgent day-to-day ethical
reflection on a range of issues crucial not merely to the profession,
but to society as a whole. The issues include censorship in all its
traditional and modern forms, equitable access to information,
intellectual property, the management of electronic access to information, privacy and secrecy, freedom of expression and other contentious subjects. The emergence of a reflective, socially engaged
profession requires an appropriate response from the profession’s
organizations. The locus of much of this response in IFLA has been
within the FAIFE Core Activity, which has sometimes been referred
to as IFLA’s ethical conscience.
FAIFE was founded by an IFLA Council resolution passed at the
Annual Conference in Copenhagen 1997. This was based on an explicit commitment to the United Nations Universal Declaration of
Human Rights of 1948, especially Article 19, which states that:
Everyone has the right to freedom of expression; this right includes freedom to hold opinions without interference and to
I F LA
Copyright © 2009 Author. IFLA Journal 35(2): 117–122.
ISSN: 0340-0352. DOI: 10.1177/0340035209105667
117
Paul Sturges
seek, receive and impart information and
ideas through any media and regardless of
frontiers.
The FAIFE Committee was formally established
in 1997 and an Office in Copenhagen was opened in
July 1998 (where it remained until its functions
were transferred to IFLA HQ in The Hague in
early 2007). The story of FAIFE’s early years is embedded in the first Chairman’s published account
of the changing politics of the information professions (Byrne 2007). Most of the issues discussed
in this article already appear there in some detail,
or are clearly prefigured, and it is to Byrne that a
reader should look for accounts of FAIFE’s policies and activities previous to 2003. Three forms
of activity were identified during the period prior
to 2003 to enable coherent pursuit of the intellectual freedom priorities of FAIFE. These were:
intervention, education and advocacy. This account of FAIFE from 2003–2009 will use these
forms of activity to structure a description of the
evolving nature of what FAIFE has done over
the years. The intention will be to show how
FAIFE has interpreted and developed its role as
IFLA’s ethical conscience.
Intervention
The working group that preceded FAIFE (the
Committee on Access to Information and Free
Expression – CAIFE) was charged to set up an area
of activity designed to protect libraries from the
assaults of the censor. The problem with this, both
then in the mid-1990s and now in the late 2000s,
is that it is difficult to identify many instances of
censoring activity directed specifically toward
libraries. This statement needs some clarification and justification. In the USA there has been
a persistent tradition of ‘challenges’ to library
stock and acquisition policy, mostly on the part
of Christian and rightwing political activists. The
ALA’s excellent Office for Intellectual Freedom
(OIF) has fought these challenges case-by-case,
supported librarians who stood up for intellectual freedom, and created advisory materials, most
notably the various editions of the Intellectual
Freedom Manual (Krug 2002). The point is that
in the USA the challenges are both open and
vigorously contested. Elsewhere, the problem is
much more insidious, to the extent that many librarians either don’t realize that they operate with
censored collections, or actually prefer to have
things this way.
118
More significant is the fact that censorship actually
bites long before a document enters or does not
enter the library. It is the author, the publisher or the
printer who meets censorship directly. By the time
a book reaches a library it has almost invariably
achieved a legally accepted and protected status.
Its presence in a library may be challenged by
some member of society or a group, but this is unlikely to be supported in a legal forum. Thus for
instance, the removal of a volume of allegedly
pornographic photos by Robert Mapplethorpe
from the Library of the University of Central
England by West Midlands Police in 1997 could
not be sustained in law. Likewise the attempt to
bring an Italian children’s librarian before a court
of law for lending a controversial book to a schoolchild in 2005 (when that book was actually on a
Ministry of Work and Welfare recommended list)
was also fruitless. The library is at the end of a chain
of either approval or censorship that means the
collection may lack significant material, but the
material that it does hold is legal. As over the years
it became clear that this was the case, what scope
did that leave for FAIFE as an intervening activity?
The answer to this question is that there is plenty
of intervention to be done, but that it is usually in
response to a wider incidence of the suppression
and censorship of information in some country or
region, of which the implications for the library
are only one part.
Take for instance the question of Cuba. Suffice it
to say that a very dedicated and vocal lobby, led
by The Friends of Cuban Libraries, campaigns
against the Cuban government on the grounds
that it persecutes the providers of tiny independent
‘front parlour’ libraries that contain anti-regime
material. Whilst FAIFE, and presumably IFLA generally, support anyone who sets up a library, however humble and for whatever purpose, this issue
has proved thoroughly intractable. Amongst a number of other fact-finding visits to countries which
are the site of contentious issues, FAIFE organized
a mission to Cuba, in 2001 (Seidelin 2001). Little
immediate easing of the situation has resulted,
despite the exercise of considerable tact, careful
investigation, and the suggestion of undramatic
but positive lines of action. The suppression of information and communication in Cuba has many
aspects, as information suppression does everywhere, and the Cuban independent libraries are
a comparatively small part of a broader problem.
The hope is that in Cuba and elsewhere good
seeds have been sown by FAIFE, but germination
looks likely to be a slow process. In nurturing the
Stimulating IFLA’s Ethical Conscience: FAIFE 2003–2009
process along, FAIFE looks to partnership with
relevant international NGOs such as Human
Rights Watch, Amnesty International, and International PEN.
A more recent intervention took on a global issue
that has a regional heart to it: this is the question
of the Danish cartoons. The publication in 2005
of cartoons allegedly slandering the Prophet
Mahommed, the Islamic faith and its believers
resulted in protests, many of them violent, in many
parts of the world. Libraries, although never specifically challenged, were nevertheless involved
in the sense that they gave access to newspapers
and other potentially inflammatory materials.
FAIFE’s initial response was a highly successful
plenary debate at the Seoul World Library and
Information Congress in 2006, and an article examining ways of looking at the problem (Sturges
2006b). This was followed up with a conference
on the Role of Libraries in Freedom of Expression, Tolerance, and Access to Information at the
Bibliotheca Alexandrina in Egypt, 7–9 October
2008. The organization and programme of this
conference were deliberately put in the hands of
local partner organizations so that it could be a
vehicle for an informed exploration of regional
and Islamic views of the issue. Despite that, some
participants were able to convince themselves that
the conference contained yet more of the ‘North’
preaching to the ‘South’, and insensitivity to local
views. The conference was not put on with thanks
in mind, but it did expose the extent to which
even the most sensitive of interventions can be a
thankless task.
There is also the matter of Internet filtering. Whilst
it can be reasonably expected that whatever
enters the library collection is both legally published and deliberately selected as suitable for
the library’s clientele, the same does not apply to
Internet resources that a reader might access on
computers provided for public use by the library.
In very few countries do the police and security
services have, as yet, the capacity to control and
regulate what is available to their citizens via the
Internet. By default the Internet makes real the
Article 19 right to information and ideas through
any media and regardless of frontiers. Libraries
as supporters of Article 19 therefore support unfiltered Internet access: or do they? Detail available in FAIFE’s World Report series, with the most
recent version edited by Bothma (2007), is open to
the reading that the library profession worldwide
operates, for the most part, quite comfortably in a
filtering regime. FAIFE does not accept this and
has spoken out against the most egregious examples, most notably in the People’s Republic of
China, and will continue to do so. However, because there is a widespread acceptance of Internet filtering systems, especially for material available to children, which is supported by a mixture of
law, administrative practice, policing, and librarians’ cooperation, it is clear that public statements
alone will not bring about wholesale change.
Additional routes have to be used. This leads us
to education.
Education
A profession that is arguably complaisant over
filtering and not uncomfortable with censorship
can be seen as in need of education. Education is
certainly something that FAIFE has long seen as
an essential part of its contribution. For that reason
the Chair, other Committee members, and now
IFLA’s Senior Policy Adviser Stuart Hamilton,
use speaking opportunities at conferences and
seminars to develop ideas relating to intellectual
freedom for an audience. For example, the annual BOBCATSSS conferences, which provide
an audience largely made up of students and
LIS academics, have provided particularly good
opportunities. Publication of papers written for
the purposes of such presentations has also made
the ideas they contain available to a wider readership (Sturges 2005 and 2006a). Worthwhile
though this may be, it in no way constitutes a programme of education on intellectual freedom
topics.
FAIFE has, however, since 2005 had the financial
means to undertake a more extensive and systematic education programme. The finances form
part of a generous grant from Swedish Sida for
intellectual freedom activities in the developing
world. A tentative beginning at a conference in Costa
Rica in the Spring of 2007 saw Barbara Jones (the
FAIFE Committee’s Secretary) and Committee
member Loida Garcia Febo offer participants a
workshop on the subject of the IFLA/UNESCO
Internet Manifesto. The workshop was an enormous success. It was oversubscribed (a workshop
really shouldn’t have more than 25–50 participants
to retain a claim on the name). Those who took
part were clamorously delighted to learn in a participative atmosphere about an open and positive approach to providing public Internet access.
What is more, there was obviously a basis for
119
Paul Sturges
similar activity in other suitable countries. In the
first place, the enthusiasm of Mexican colleagues
who had attended the Costa Rica conference, and
the steadfast support of IFLA’s Latin American
Caribbean Regional Office, made it possible to
use Mexico as a testing ground for the spread of
the workshop activity and its subsequent extension to Brazil and onwards. In early 2007 it was
already quite clear that FAIFE had tested out a
sustainable educational activity, inspiring and
training trainers who could extend the activity
through one country’s professional community,
or take it across frontiers into other countries.
The use of the Internet Manifesto for this purpose
was aided by the existence of a set of guidelines
for interpreting and using the Manifesto, which
had been developed by FAIFE at a meeting of
experts in London in March 2006. However, the
guidelines were not a template for an Internet
Manifesto workshop, even though they provided
plenty of help. Something more explicitly directed towards workshop activity was needed.
In response to this need FAIFE held a meeting in
Dubai in July 2007 in which experts were brought
together not only to draft learning materials for
Internet Manifesto workshops, but a second set
of materials for Access to HIV/AIDS Information
workshops. The rationale for these HIV/AIDS information materials is that the virus can only be
fought completely effectively by the provision of
good information; information that library services
can partner the health services and health NGOs
in providing. A common style was developed for
these two sets of materials, outlining and providing content (including PowerPoint slides) for
lectures and interactive learning. They have since
been used by FAIFE presenters throughout the
developing world. Perhaps the most interesting example was an Internet Manifesto workshop held
at the Center for Documentation and Research
in Abu Dhabi in February 2008. IFLA presence in
the Arab world has never been as apparent as it
might be and this event could be considered a
breakthrough.
The materials have also been translated into various IFLA languages and used by presenters not
directly provided by or financed by FAIFE. The
capacity for independent use of the materials
exists because they have been made available
through the IFLA website. This, in turn makes it
possible for their use by independent learners to
improve their knowledge of the topics, whether to
help them in a formal course of study or simply for
120
their continuing professional development (CPD).
The train-the-trainers aspect of FAIFE’s workshop programme was taken a step further when in
December 2007 a ‘Trainers the Trainers Workshop’
was held in the USA at Wesleyan University and
Queens Library in New York. A small number of
professional leaders from Asia, Africa and Latin
America was trained to become organizers and
trainers in their own regions. This has since had
excellent effects, with activities completed during 2008 in several countries (Nigeria and South
Africa, for instance) and planned in others. A
particularly substantial activity was that in the
Philippines. In June 2008 a South East Asian
train-the-trainers workshop was held in Manila,
followed by a Philippines national conference
on the Internet Manifesto, which functioned as
a large scale equivalent of the workshops more
normally provided.
The success of the workshops programme in 2007
and the first part of 2008 has inspired its expansion and its further development. The HIV/AIDS
Information workshops were so well received in a
number of African countries, that it became clear
that there was scope for a broader Public Access to
Health Information workshop programme. At
The Hague in October 2008 FAIFE and IFLA’s
Health and Biosciences Section took the first
steps by developing an outline for such materials
to cover information on infectious disease and
immunization, diet and nutrition for health, the
problem of alcohol and drugs, and the prevention of accidents – traffic accidents in particular.
During 2009 the writing and piloting of the
materials will be completed. A fourth set of materials on Libraries and Transparency, Good
Governance and Freedom from Corruption (‘Transparency’ for short) were outlined at yet another
experts meeting in November 2008 at Karlsruhe
in Germany. The writing of these materials was
completed by the end of the year and they can be
found in more than one IFLA language on the
IFLA website.
Probably the last requirement for any programme
of professional activity is that it should be evaluated. FAIFE took steps in 2008 to provide for
this element. A 2-day meeting in The Hague in
October 2008 drew up an evaluation matrix that
could be applied to FAIFE’s workshop programme
in the first place, but subsequently, with necessary
adaptation, for other IFLA projects. During 2009
this will be used in a much more highly structured
version of FAIFE’s workshop programme. In 2007
Stimulating IFLA’s Ethical Conscience: FAIFE 2003–2009
and 2008 the programme was expanded widely,
as quickly and as effectively as possible. Evaluation
was, however, rather basic. The 2009 programme
concentrates on a number of well prepared countries (the Philippines, Peru, Nigeria, and Russia
will be the main ones). In each a national trainthe-trainers workshop is followed by a programme
in which the new trainers will be formally tasked
to take what they have learned back to their home
region and put on workshops there. At the end of
the year the programme in each country will be
reviewed using the evaluation matrix as a basis.
The knowledge and understanding gained from
this can then be applied in subsequent years in
any number of national and local programmes
based on FAIFE’s learning materials and methods
of delivery and evaluation.
Advocacy
The advocacy element of FAIFE’s work has not
been neglected in this concentration on education. Until 2008, 2002 had been the advocacy high
spot for FAIFE with the issuing of the Glasgow
Declaration on Libraries, Information Services
and Intellectual Freedom. In 2008 the IFLA Governing Board accepted a new Manifesto from
FAIFE, on Libraries and Transparency, Good
Governance, and Freedom from Corruption. An
extended and very thorough process was used
in an attempt to ensure that IFLA’s entry into a
rather unfamiliar policy area was as sound and
well-considered as possible. The Croatian Library
Association (CLA) agreed to link a FAIFE short
conference on libraries and the struggle against
corruption in connection with its annual freedom
of expression seminar in December 2006. Papers
from FAIFE, CLA and Transparency International
speakers were followed by substantial debate. The
outcomes from the conference included a ‘shopping list’ of points that might form part of an
IFLA policy document. This list was used as a
basis for a second event in August 2007 held in
partnership with the Goethe Institute and the Library and Information Association of South Africa
(LIASA) as a Durban Congress pre-conference in
Johannesburg. The outlines of a Manifesto were
developed on the basis of the papers and discussions at the pre-conference, and after several drafts,
the obtaining of expert opinion and redrafts, the
Manifesto was accepted by the Governing Board
in 2008 and is now IFLA policy.
There have been some comments suggesting this
was a very long and possibly over-elaborate process,
but there are no apologies for this. FAIFE was
simultaneously making policy on behalf of IFLA,
creating a document that could be a basis for FAIFE
workshop activity, and developing an advocacyrelated model. The need for good national and
institutional policy, in addition to international
policy, is manifest. It is a constant and sadly longestablished tradition for librarians (particularly
those from developing countries) to bemoan the
fact that they are undervalued and not listened to
by their governments. Attempts to sell libraries
as progressive institutions capable of making
a contribution to society far beyond their core
educational and leisure roles are generally unsuccessful. The reasons for this are clear. Library
advocates in developing countries approach officialdom with weak claims that are difficult, or
even impossible, to substantiate and they lack
persuasive skills. To stand some kind of chance
they need good arguments, persuasively put, and
some evidence of the ability to deliver what they
promise.
The FAIFE policy-making process was thoroughly
consultative and used multiple iterations of policy
ideas to produce strong documentation. This is a
sound example, but it is the way that this process
leads into professional activity once the policy
has been established that is important. Workshops
that spread the message through the profession
and give opportunities for participative learning
are the best way to anchor new ideas in the professional community. A convinced profession
should be expected to make partnerships, find
sponsors and actually initiate activity for instance
in a field like transparency and anti-corruption
campaigning or Internet access management. Approaches to government, international aid and
lending agencies, and partners in civil society
are more likely to succeed when there is existing
activity, a knowledgeable and committed professional community and clear policy.
Advocacy training will be a major priority in IFLA
from 2009 onwards. This is an important and
potentially enormously effective development. A
profession of skilful advocates can be a formidable force. Advocacy training is, however, more
than just a matter of public speaking, networking
and political activity. All the elements that FAIFE
has been developing in its own policy making
and educational activity are needed too. In that
sense, the way has been paved for the advocacy
development programmes that can now be expected. As far as FAIFE is concerned there are many
other access-related policy areas into which it
121
Paul Sturges
can enter. The issues of access to information for
rural populations, farmers and socially excluded
groups loom large. Libraries can play an enormous
role in these areas, just as they can in relation to health
information and the creating of transparency –
the areas already entered by FAIFE. There is also
the question of information literacy. The more
FAIFE’s programme develops it becomes clearer
that there is a sequence that only begins with
countering censorship and related forms of suppression of freedom of access to information and
freedom of expression. There is also a clear need
to develop and foster systems and institutions
that can actually deliver the products and content
of intellectual freedom. The institutions, such as
libraries, in turn reveal the need for users to be able
to make good use of access. Helping to create able
and discriminating readers who can decode what
is made available to them is the next responsibility for information professionals. Linking FAIFE’s
approach to programmes of information literacy
development begins to seem like a natural outcome
of all the work that has been done under FAIFE’s
aegis since 1997, let alone since 2003. There is no
problem for the FAIFE Committee and the Chair
who takes office in 2009 to find areas of activity.
There is so much that cries out to be done, with
advocacy at its heart.
Conclusion
FAIFE’s activity 2003–2009 is described here with
great pride. There was actually even more good
work than there has been space to describe. FAIFE’s
fruitful cooperation with IFLA’s Genealogy and
Local History Section on access to personal data
for historical, family history and other purposes has
not been mentioned. Nor has the article touched
on the continuing cooperation with the IFLA
Committee on Copyright and other Legal Matters
(CLM) on the crucial intersection between intellectual property matters and intellectual freedom.
So much has been done and so many inviting and
important possibilities still offer themselves. The
most remarkable thing about this is that although
FAIFE had its Copenhagen Office for the early
part of this period, during the better part of 2007,
when the programme was building to new levels
of intensity, there was no fulltime professional
support. This is not to devalue the excellent work
of IFLA HQ staff on FAIFE’s part, or Stuart
Hamilton’s end of year planning and reporting
to Sida. It does, however, reflect enormous credit
on the small number of Committee members and
122
associates of FAIFE who not merely kept the
activity going, but constantly expanded and improved it. IFLA is very fortunate indeed to have
such people working on its behalf. The years
2008 and 2009, with the expertise and energy of a
Senior Policy Adviser able to give something like
half his time to FAIFE, have seemed like complete
luxury. There were of course downsides to such a
whirl of activity. Decisions often had to be made
fast and the work done by those who had made
themselves available. There were a few differences
of opinion along the way (Kagan 2008: 236), but
overall, IFLA can feel that its ethical conscience
has indeed been stimulated and that fresh ways
of offering socially committed professional leadership have been explored and developed.
References
Bothma, T. (2007) Access to libraries and information:
towards a fairer world. IFLA/FAIFE World Report
Series VII. The Hague, Netherlands: IFLA.
Byrne, A. (2007) The politics of promoting freedom of
information and expression in international librarianship: The IFLA/FAIFE project. Lanham, MD:
Scarecrow Press.
Kagan, A. (2008) An alternative view on IFLA, human
rights and social responsibility in international
librarianship. IFLA Journal, 34(3) 230–237.
Krug, J. (2002) ALA and intellectual freedom: a historical
overview. In: Office for Intellectual Freedom, Intellectual freedom manual. Chicago: American Library
Association, pp 3–32.
Seidelin, S. (2001) Libraries in Cuba: an IFLA/FAIFE
report on free access to information in Cuba. Copenhagen: IFLA/FAIFE.
Sturges, P. (2005) Understanding cultures, and IFLA’s
Freedom of Access to Information and Freedom of
Expression (FAIFE) core activity. Journal of Documentation, 61(2) 296–305.
Sturges, P. (2006a) Why intellectual freedom matters. In:
Information, innovation, responsibility: Information
professional in the network society. Proceedings of the
14th BOBCATSSS Symposium, 30 Jan–1 Feb 2006,
Tallinn, Estonia. Tallinn: Department of Information
Studies, Tallinn University. pp 431–439.
Sturges, P. (2006b) Limits to freedom of expression?
Considerations arising from the Danish cartoons affair.
IFLA Journal, 32(3) 181–188.
About the Author continued
emphasis on the developing world and Africa in particular. He is joint author with Richard Neill of The
Quiet Struggle: information and libraries for the people
of Africa (Mansell, 2nd ed., 1998), author of Public
Internet Access in Libraries and Information Services
(Facet, 2002) and joint editor (with John Feather)
of the International Encyclopedia of Information and
Library Science (Routledge, 2nd ed., 2003). He may
be contacted at: e-mail:
[email protected]
Global Library Statistics
Simon Ellis
Abstract
When IFLA needed reliable data about libraries and their services worldwide, it became apparent that there are no such data. Therefore, the IFLA
Section on Statistics and Evaluation, the UNESCO Institute for Statistics
and the International Organisation for Standardisation (ISO) committee
TC 46 SC 8 ‘Quality – statistics and performance evaluation’ have joined
forces in order to develop and test a new set of statistics that might be used
by libraries worldwide. The final goal is that these statistics should be collected regularly on a national basis, so that there will be reliable and internationally comparable data of library services and library use.
Keywords: library statistics; impact of libraries; international standards;
performance indicators
The Starting Point
Michael Heaney
The initiative started at IFLA 2004 in Buenos Aires when the IFLA
President and President-elect visited the Statistics and Evaluation
Section. They needed library data for the World Summit on the Information Society and asked the section to identify ‘robust’ global
library statistics for that purpose. But there are at the moment no
such statistics.
Pierre Meunier
Roswitha Poll
About the Authors: page 130
A study undertaken by Teresa Hackett for IFLA prior to the Geneva
round of the World Summit on the Information Society, and compiled primarily from UNESCO and LIBECON data, had already
revealed the incompleteness and weakness – and the diminishing
relevance – of the available library statistics.1
The UNESCO Division of Statistics published three series of library
statistics on a rolling triennial basis: national libraries, other major
non-specialized libraries and public libraries. The most recent (as
of September 2005) was Libraries of Institutions of Tertiary Education, 1996–2000. The basis for UNESCO’s collecting activity was
the Recommendation Concerning the International Standardization of Library Statistics adopted by the UNESCO General
Conference in 1970. The data which were gathered emphasized collections, buildings and simple usage figures. But the pervasiveness
of electronic information resources has reduced the ability of such
traditional statistics to reflect the provision of information to the
world’s citizens. The traditional statistics are also not best suited to
demonstrating the impact and outcome of libraries.
The LIBECON project, undertaken by the UK Institute of Public
Finance with funding from the European Union, provided more
detailed information for Europe and included figures from a few
countries outside Europe. In addition to the UNESCO data, it collected data on, among other things, virtual usage, seating, workstations and sources of funding. Although the results of the project
are maintained on the LIBECON website2, the project itself is now
finished and not likely to be renewed.
I F LA
Copyright © 2009 Author. IFLA Journal 35(2): 123–130.
ISSN: 0340-0352. DOI: 10.1177/0340035209105668
123
Ellis et al.
So, considering that the existing data were outdated, insufficient, and in any case not up-to-date,
the IFLA Section on Statistics and Evaluation
decided to pursue new reliable ‘global’ library
statistics – certainly a long way to go. The first step
was a grant from IFLA for an initial meeting of
section members with the UNESCO Institute for
Statistics in Montreal in January 2006.
The Programme
When designing the projected set of ‘global’ library data, various interests and requirements
had to be considered. IFLA’s main interest in
statistics is to show the overall value of libraries
for society, while the UNESCO Institute for Statistics focuses on libraries’ role for literacy and
information literacy in a country and underlines
the importance of allowing for problems of data
collection in developing countries. The ISO group
as third partner stresses the need of standardized
definitions and data collection methods.
Thus, from the very first, the demands on the new
statistics showed a broad spectrum:
• to cover the full range of library services, traditional and electronic
• to show the libraries’ role in society and culture
• to demonstrate the impact of libraries on the
population
• to facilitate comparison on a national and
international basis
• to produce plausible results for publications
and promotional activities
• to do all that with a limited number of measures, that ought to be easily available in all
countries.
In addition, two diverse targets of library statistics
had to be considered in the selection of ‘global’
measures.
1. Statistical data at the level of the individual
library are indispensable for the internal management. They show the relation of input and
output and therewith the effectiveness and
cost-efficiency of the library.
2. A compilation of library statistics on a regional
or national level aims at promoting the libraries’ role and activities and justifying public expenditure for libraries. Regional/national
statistics, when presented to policy makers,
124
funding institutions or the general public, will
influence the strategic planning for libraries,
and will create and maintain confidence in the
effective functioning of libraries. By setting
data of library usage in relation to literacy
and education in a country, statistics can even
demonstrate the impact of libraries on the
population.
For the goal of ‘global’ library statistics, only
such measures have been considered that are
meaningful if compiled on a national basis.
It was evident that finding a dataset that would
comply with all these issues could not be an easy
task.
The Long Way
The IFLA Section on Statistics and Evaluation
instituted a project group of section members for
getting in contact with the UNESCO Institute
for Statistics in Montreal. Members are:
• Michael Heaney, Oxford (till 2007 Chair, now
Secretary of the Section)
• Pierre Meunier, Montreal (responsible for the
contacts in Montreal)
• Roswitha Poll, Münster (Chair of ISO TC 46
SC 8, responsible for the cooperation with
ISO)
The first project meeting was in January 2006 in
Montreal. The UNESCO Institute was represented
by Simon Ellis ((Head of Science Culture and Communications Statistics) and his colleagues Lydia
Deloumeaux and S. Venkatraman. There was
consensus on the following issues:
• to proceed in the direction of a minimum statistical dataset
• to restrict the project to public and academic
libraries (it was deemed too daring to believe
in the feasibility of collecting school or special
libraries’ statistics worldwide)
• to rely on the pool of well-tested and precisely
defined statistics available in the international
standard ISO 2789.3
The meeting produced a first list of possible measures, which Roswitha Poll was commissioned to
take to the appropriate ISO group for further
work. The ISO meeting in May 2006 resulted
Global Library Statistics
in a detailed list with definitions, based on the
international standard ISO 2789. The list was then
discussed and enlarged or shortened (as such lists
usually are) in the IFLA Section’s meeting in Seoul
in August 2006.
In a second meeting of the project group in January
2007 in Oxford, the partners decided to test the
dataset in Latin America and the Caribbean and
to present the results in an IFLA post-conference
in Montreal in 2008. The group also devised a list
of performance indicators, setting the measures
in the dataset in relation to socio-demographic
data collected by the UNESCO Institute and other
international agencies.
The next months were spent on preparing the trial
in Latin America and the Caribbean.
The Trial
The first step for a scoping study in Latin America
and the Caribbean was to assess
• what library statistics were already collected in
the countries
• what institutions could be addressed for filling
out the statistics questionnaire.
At first sight, it seems easy enough to do this, but
it proved one of the most problematic tasks of the
project to find out which unit in a country is collecting what library statistics.
Libraries are not all under the same authority.
Most of them serve a specified institution (university, college) or community and are funded by
those institutions or communities, but also by
ministries, private organizations, foundations . . .
Other institutions may be responsible for the
mission, functioning, or legal regulation of
libraries in their domain. Therefore various institutions and organizations will feel responsible –
if at all – for collecting data about the libraries
within their authority. Libraries’ and librarians’
associations also are often involved in library
statistics.
Thus, in every country, the following bodies might
be engaged in collecting library statistics, often
separately for different types of libraries:
• national or regional statistical units
• ministries (culture, education, research)
• libraries’ and librarians’ associations.
It may even happen that the same, or nearly the
same statistics are collected by different bodies.
For the projected survey in Latin America and the
Caribbean, a contacts database for library statistical information was compiled from manifold
sources. This did not include individual libraries,
but those units which were known or could be expected to collect library statistics on a national
scale. Information from IFLA colleagues in the
region was a valuable contribution to the compilation of the contacts database.
A questionnaire asking for the defined dataset
was prepared in English and Spanish and sent
out in July 2007 to the countries. Data collection
and analysis took place during the second half of
2007 and early 2008.
The response rate was 63 percent: 26 out of 41 countries responded to the survey, including a nil response from Bolivia.4 Such a response rate is not
unusual for a new international survey, as national
authorities may not currently be collecting data
in the area under study.
There was a clear difference between public libraries and academic libraries (libraries of an institution of higher education): 24 countries were
able to answer at least part of the questions for
public libraries, but only 14 had statistics about
academic libraries.
The responses to the individual questions varied
considerably. Data were more readily available for
‘traditional’ statistics (e.g. volumes, seats, registered
users, loans) than for items such as electronic resources, events, opening hours, full-time equivalent library employees and expenditures.
The survey demonstrated the difficulties of organizing a sustainable system of data collection in
all countries of a region, but it also showed the
feasibility of using the global statistics questionnaire. There was a reasonable response for most
questions and an apparent willingness to collect
additional data, e. g. for electronic collections. Only
a few questions had to be deleted from the questionnaire due to the survey results. One example
was the FTE (full-time equivalent) count of library
staff. Evidently headcounts of staff are in such
widespread use at the moment that it is better to
use this measure.
125
Ellis et al.
The Montreal Conference
Very early during the global statistics project, there
was consensus to present the new measures and
the results of the trial in a conference at Montreal,
the location of the UNESCO Institute for Statistics. The IFLA World Library and Information
Congress being held in Québec City in 2009 made
this choice still more opportune. The topic of the
conference was widened to include the use of quantitative and qualitative data for the management
and promotion of libraries.
The IFLA post-conference ‘Library Statistics for
the 21st Century World’, held from 18–19 August
2008, attracted 83 experts on library statistics and
quality measures. The conference showed high
interest in the new ‘global’ statistics and a broad
assent to the dataset that has been developed.
There were only a few comments and requests for
changes in the proposed measures, but the reports
from countries that had participated in the trial
showed the many difficulties of centralized data
collection.
The papers and results of the conference will be
published shortly in the IFLA Publications series.
The Dataset
The ‘global statistics’ dataset in its final version consists of 23 measures (see Annex 1). The same data
are collected separately for academic and public
libraries, though some of the measures will have
higher value for one type of library.
The first questions deal with the accessibility of
libraries in a country. The number of libraries and
user working places, and the opening times (arranged in five groups) demonstrate the physical
accessibility, the library as place. The percentages
of libraries that offer an online catalogue, a library
website and – most important – Internet access
for users in the library show the virtual availability
of library services.
The library collection is still primarily represented by the number of volumes, as this measure
is used in all types of libraries worldwide. But new
measures for the electronic collection have been
added: the number of e-journal subscriptions, of
e-books and databases. While it is easy to count
126
the print collections that are housed inside library
buildings, counting the electronic collection needs
more detailed definitions. Electronic library collections include documents stored on external
servers, for which the library has bought or licensed access rights, but exclude documents that
are freely available on the Internet.
When selecting measures for the usage of library
services, the main problem was to find a measure
for the electronic use that hopefully can be collected in all countries. Statistics for the number
of loans, of registered users and even of library
visits are pretty well established in libraries. But
though in most libraries electronic collections and
services are developing rapidly, statistics for the
use of such collections and services are not yet in
widespread use. The measure that was chosen for
representing electronic use – number of downloads from the library’s electronic collection –
could not yet be delivered by many countries in
the trial of the global statistics, but the project may
encourage more libraries to count downloads as
well as loans.
The input into libraries is represented by the number of employees and the libraries’ expenditure,
differentiated as to expenditure for information
provision, staff, and other. The trial showed that
more countries were able to deliver data for the
number of staff in headcounts than in FTE (fulltime equivalent), therefore headcounts were finally chosen as the measure.
An important aim of the global statistics project is
to find data that show the libraries’ outcome on
society, especially on culture, literacy and education. The measures that come nearest to showing
such outcome are the number of cultural library
events and the number of attendances at user
training sessions.
Only one measure was added due to proposals
during the Montreal conference: hours of training
per staff member per year. This measure represents
the libraries’ potential for development and
change.
Libraries have assumed new responsibilities in a
changing information world; they need new statistics for managing and promoting these new
tasks. The projected new statistics try to consider
all issues that are relevant for the role and impact
of libraries today. Hopefully, the set of 23 data, if
Global Library Statistics
used over time, will yield a reliable picture of library services and library use in a country.
The aim is that the questionnaire should be dealt
with and filled out by the respective institution
in each country that is responsible for collecting
library statistics.
The Derivation of Performance
Indicators
The proposed global statistics include only a
limited number of data in order to make them
practical and easy to use. But quite a number of
performance indicators can be calculated with
these data, especially in combination with sociodemographic data collected by UNESCO
and other international agencies, e. g. data about
the state of literacy, education and Internet access in a country. Such combinations can help
to identify and promote the libraries’ role for literacy and information literacy, education and
culture.
Seventy-six performance indicators were identified during the project, of which 23 were defined
as core indicators (see Annex 2).
The Next Steps
The first phase of the global statistics project has
been brought to an end by the definition and trial
of the proposed dataset and by the promotion of
the project results at the Montreal conference.
But how to proceed from here?
The project partners, when deciding on the final
dataset for the new library statistics, did not expect
that even this restricted number of measures
would be directly available in all countries. Even
in countries with high IT-development, measures
for electronic library services are partly missing.
There are several issues that influence the adoption of the new global statistics in countries:
1. National or regional institutions collecting library statistics have often devised their own
special statistics or have at least adapted and
changed data and definitions from the ISO
standard. Many library statistics have ‘a historical background’, and libraries have been
familiar with them for a long time. It will be
difficult enough to get consensus on a national
scale on new library statistics. Every library is
unique – or thinks so; no definition of data, no
list of statistical measures will fit them all.
2. As the trial in Latin America and the Caribbean
showed, there may also be a lack of experience
and skills in the collection, evaluation and use
of library statistics.
Phase II of the project must therefore focus on
building statistical capacity in target regions, especially in developing countries, so as to enable staff
to collect data more thoroughly and with more
understanding. Additionally, the project must
seek support and acceptance in the international
community. This shall be advanced by developing
training materials and by promoting the global
statistics in international arenas. The outcomes
will be:
• training resources
• published standards
• policy statements and commitments.
The target regions for the next steps are Asia
and the Pacific and Latin America and the
Caribbean – the latter to build on the experience
of the questionnaire in that region.
Capacity building will be delivered in conjunction with partner organizations and funding is
sought to deliver this. It will not be sufficient to
gain the interest of librarians; it is crucial to gain
the interest of governments and funding institutions. It does not seem plausible that, though
libraries of all types certainly need considerable resources, the institutions that give those
resources should not want to know the results of
their expenditure.
It is certainly a long way from preparing a questionnaire for global library statistics to the adoption
of these measures by libraries and to centralized
data collection in the countries. Reliable global
library data are still a vision. But libraries need this
global view of their role and value for promoting
and supporting their impact on literacy and information literacy, education and culture.
References
1. Hackett, T. (2003) Global library statistics 1990–2000.
Available at: http://www.ifla.org/III/wsis/wsis-stats4
pub_v.pdf
127
Ellis et al.
2. http://www.libecon2000.org
3. ISO 2789. (2006) Information and documentation –
International library statistics. 4th ed.
4. IFLA/ISO/UNESCO Institute for Statistics. (2008)
The 2007 international library survey in Latin America
and the Caribbean. Available at: http://www.uis.
unesco.org/template/pdf/cscl/IFLArept.pdf
Annex 1. Global library statistics
All data to be collected separately for public libraries and higher education institution libraries
1
Libraries: Access and facilities
1.1
Number of libraries
1.2
Number of user workplaces (seats)
1.3
Weekly opening hours
• less than or equal to 20
• 20 to 40
• 40 to 60
• over 60
1.4
Electronic services by type (percentage of libraries offering these services)
• Internet access for users
• online catalogues
• websites
2
Collection
2.1
Number of volumes
2.2
Number of electronic collections by type
• electronic serials (subscriptions)
• ebooks (titles)
• databases (purchased or licensed)
3
Library activities and events
3.1
Number of events
3.2
Total annual attendance at user training sessions
4
Library use and users
4.1
Total registered users
4.2
Loans and usage
• number of loans (without renewals and ILL)
• number of downloads from the e-collection
• number of visits
5
Library staff
5.1
Number of employees (headcounts)
• of which female
5.2
Hours of training per staff member
6
Expenditure
6.1
Expenditure
• total operating expenditure
• staff costs
• expenditure on literature and information
• other costs
6 questions
4 questions
2 questions
3 questions
4 questions
23 questions
128
Global Library Statistics
Annex 2. Core performance indicators
The 23 indicators are calculated with data from the
global statistics dataset and the following sociodemographic data of a country:
• Number of inhabitants
• Number of literate inhabitants
• Number of students in higher education
Setting data in relation not to the whole population, but to those inhabitants that are literate,
may help to identify correlations between library
Section
use and literacy. The idea is that a higher number
of public libraries, their collections and services,
and a high amount of library use may have influenced the percentage of literate inhabitants in
a country.
Of the 23 indicators 15 refer to public libraries.
This is due to the double relation to total inhabitants and literate inhabitants, but also to the fact
that the role of libraries for society is more clearly
visible in public libraries.
Core indicators
1. Access and facilities
–
–
–
–
–
Average number of public libraries per 1000 inhabitants
Weighted average opening hours for public libraries
Average opening hours for higher education institution libraries
Percentage of public libraries offering an Internet access for users
Percentage of public libraries offering websites
2. Collection
– Average number of volumes in higher education institution libraries
per student of higher education
– Average number of volumes in public libraries per 1000 inhabitants
– Average number of volumes in public libraries per 1000 literate
inhabitants
4. Library use and users
– Number of registered users per 1000 inhabitants in public libraries
– Number of registered users per 1000 literate inhabitants in public
libraries
– Number of registered users in higher education libraries as a
percentage of number of students
– Average number of loans per 1000 inhabitants in public libraries
– Average number of loans per 1000 literate inhabitants in public
libraries
– Average number of loans per student (higher education) in higher
education institution libraries
– Number of visits in public libraries per 1000 inhabitants
– Number of visits in public libraries per 1000 literate inhabitants
– Number of visits in higher education institution libraries per students
of higher education
5. Library staff
– Average number of employees in public libraries
– Average number of employees in higher education institution
libraries
– Ratio of female to male employees in public libraries
– Ratio of female to male employees in higher education institutions
libraries
6. Expenditure
– Expenditure on literature and information per inhabitant in public
libraries
– Expenditure on literature and information per student of higher
education in higher education institution libraries
129
Ellis et al.
About the Authors
Simon Ellis is Head of Science Culture and Communications Statistics at the UNESCO Institute for
Statistics (UIS) in Montreal, Canada. He is also responsible for statistical standards, literacy, adult
and vocational education. Before working at UNESCO,
Simon ran London Skills Forecasting Unit, which specialized in determining the range of skills required
by London’s businesses. He holds a doctorate in
archaeology from the University of Oxford (1984),
a masters in town planning from the University of
Newcastle (1991), and a first degree in education
from the University of Southampton (1976). He has
published books on Roman housing, geographic
information systems, and the London economy. He
may be contacted at: UNESCO Institute for Statistics, PO Box 6128, Montreal, QC, Canada H3C 3J7.
Tel. (1514) 343-7757. Fax: (1514) 343-6872.
E-mail:
[email protected] Website: http://www.
uis.unesco.org
Michael Heaney is Executive Secretary of Oxford
University Library Services. He has been a member
of IFLA's Satistics and Evaluation Section since
2001, serving as Chair 2003-2007 and is currently
the Secretary of the Section. He has been one of the
IFLA project team which has developed the new
Global Statistics measures in conjunction with
ISO and UIS. He is also a member of the Editorial
Board of the Northumbria International Performance
Measurement conference. He may be contacted
at: Oxford University Library Services, Clarendon
Building, Bodleian Library, Oxford OX1 3BG, UK.
Tel. +(44) (0) 1865 277 236. Fax +(44) (0) 1865
277 187. E-mail: michael.heaney(@)ouls.ox.ac.uk
Since 1994, Pierre Meunier has been advisor in
standardization and evaluation and in charge of
the sector of management information for the Public Library System of Montreal (Canada). He holds
a master in librarianship and information science,
130
and a postgraduate certificate both in biomedical
engineering and in management. Pierre is a member of the Standing Committee of the IFLA Section
Statistics and Evaluation. He chaired the local
organizing committee of the 2008 IFLA satellite
conference on global statistics (Montreal). Pierre is
the Canadian delegate for several working groups
within ISO TC 46 SC 8: Quality – Statistics and Performance Evaluation, concerning international library
statistics, performance measures and statistical
data for library buildings. He is also chair of the
committee on minimal standards for the Montreal
public libraries network. He may be contacted
at: Bibliothèque de Montréal, 801 rue Brennan,
5e étage, Montréal, QC H3C 0G4, Canada. Tél.
(514) 872-5593. Téléc. (514) 872-0530. Courriel:
[email protected]
Roswitha Poll studied philosophy, history and
Romanic languages and took a PhD in history and a
library degree both in 1972. She worked as head of
acquisitions in the University of Erlangen and was
chief librarian of Münster University Library from
1987 to 2004. She is now chairing the committee
‘Quality – Statistics and Performance Evaluation’
and three working groups within ISO (International
Organisation for Standardisation). Since 1989, she
has been working in various sections of IFLA, where
she is at present a member of the Statistics and
Evaluation Section. She works on projects dealing
with management and evaluation of libraries and information systems. Her present publications deal
with measures for the quality, costs and outcome of
library services. In 2007, she published the second
revised edition of the handbook on performance measurement in libraries, Measuring Quality. Roswitha
can be reached at Schlüterstr.6, D-48149 Münster,
Germany. Tel. +49 251 897836. Fax: +49 251
1353278. E-mail:
[email protected]
Diffusion of Professional Norms: the impact
of IFLA in South Africa
Peter G. Underwood
Abstract
A study of the impact of the work of IFLA, including its role in the development of information literacy programmes, on the profession in South
Africa, based on the views of South African professionals attending the
World Library and Information Congress, 73rd IFLA General Conference,
held in Durban, 19–23 August 2007. A series of focus group and other
interviews was used. Themes arising from the discussions are:
Peter G. Underwood is Professor
of Librarianship at the University
of Cape Town, having occupied
this position since 1992. Prior
to this he spent 20 years as
Lecturer in the College of Librarianship Wales, latterly the Department of Information Studies,
University College of Wales,
Aberystwyth, United Kingdom. He
is the author of Managing Change
in Libraries and Information
Services: a systems approach
and Soft Systems Analysis and
the Management of Libraries,
Information Ser vices and Resource Centres, and co-author of
Basics of Data Management for
Information Services. His teaching and research focuses on
information literacy, information
systems management and organizational behaviour in the
context of libraries and information services. He is the Editor
of the South African Journal of
Library and Information Science
and is an external reviewer for
Education for Information and
Journal of Libraries and Information
Science. He is a graduate of the
Cranfield School of Management, having completed an MBA
there in 1980, and a Fellow of
the Chartered Institute of Library
and Information Professionals
(CILIP). He is also a member of
About the Author continued on
page 140
• That IFLA has a strong role to play in advice, guidance, and the development of standards; its role in national policy development is
necessarily limited.
• That the Congress is an important meeting place and its proceedings a source of inspiration to those who have come with a ‘prepared
mind’.
• That the influence of its work and proceedings could be greater if it
were communicated in accessible forms in partnership with existing
publications such as the IFLA Journal.
• That, for the younger professional, seeking to become involved, IFLA
is a daunting organization.
Keywords: IFLA; impact assessment; information literacy; South Africa;
World Library and Information Congress, 2007; Durban
Introduction
The decision to hold the World Library and Information Congress,
73rd General Conference and Council of IFLA in South Africa
(Durban, 19–23 August 2007) was welcomed as a vote of confidence in the capacity of Africa and, more specifically, South Africa
to host an event of this magnitude and to be able to provide suitable facilities. Africa had been the destination for an IFLA General
Conference only once before, in 1984 when the 50th General Conference was hosted by Kenya (Nairobi, 19–25 August).
The author was asked to conduct a study of the impact of the work
of IFLA, including its role in the development of information literacy programmes, on the profession of librarianship in South Africa,
concentrating on the views of those who had attended the World
Library and Information Congress in Durban. A series of focus group
interviews was arranged, choosing localities in which most of the
attendees from South Africa are employed.
Background
Some consideration of the history of relations between South Africa
and IFLA is necessary in order to understand more fully the context
of this study and the responses of focus group participants. The
history is complicated by political events and their effects upon
Unesco and IFLA.
I F LA
Copyright © 2009 Author. IFLA Journal 35(2): 131–140.
ISSN: 0340-0352. DOI: 10.1177/0340035209105669
131
Peter G. Underwood
IFLA has a commitment to a stance of political
neutrality. Davis and Feis (2001) indicate the difficulties attendant upon the exercise of this principle
and comment on the particular complications
during the period of the Cold War. During the
34th IFLA General Conference (Frankfurt, 18–24
August 1968), on the night of 20 August, Eastern
Bloc armies from four Warsaw Pact countries –
the Soviet Union, Bulgaria, Poland and Hungary
invaded Czechoslovakia. This prompted Sir Frank
Francis (President of IFLA, 1963–1969), in his
closing address to the Conference, to remind participants of the ethos of IFLA:
First, IFLA is an international association in
which all members have equal rights to participate in the discussions and to influence
the conclusions. Second, its power stems from
its ability to facilitate and organize fruitful
discussion of subjects of current interest
in the world of librarianship. IFLA believes
that the best service it can perform is to
bring together periodically a world-wide
variety of authoritative practitioners of the
arts of library service; to provide them with
the opportunity for comparing practices and
experiences with each other; and on the basis
of informed and matured discussion to make
recommendations for action (Davis Jr. and
Feis 2001: 3).
The relationship between South Africa and many
international bodies and other groups was profoundly affected by the apartheid policies pursued
by its government. The African National Congress first requested an international boycott of
goods from South Africa in 1958: Gurney (1999)
recounts the subsequent history and long succession of campaigns; Lancaster and Haricombe
(1995) summarize the history and impact of
academic boycotts on South Africa. The 16th General Conference of Unesco (Paris, 12 October –
14 November 1970) brought to a head a debate
about the relationship between Unesco and
international non-governmental organizations
(INGOs), of which IFLA is one. The General Conference adopted a resolution (16C/108 Add,
14/11/70) calling for the Executive Board of
Unesco to terminate relations with any INGO
in respect of which it has not been established, to the satisfaction of the Executive
Board, that their branches, sections, affiliates
or constituent parts in South Africa, Rhodesia
or Portuguese-dominated African territories
132
neither practise racial discrimination or segregation in their policies, their activities or
in their membership, nor co-operate in any
way with the Government of South Africa in
the latter's apartheid policy (Unesco 1971:
81, section 9).
The operative date was 31 December 1971. Herman
Liebaers, President of IFLA from 1969 to 1974,
notes that IFLA received a letter, dated 14 January
1971, from the Director-General of Unesco requesting that information about the relationship between IFLA and the countries listed in
the resolution be supplied before 15 April 1971.
The IFLA Board considered the request at its
meeting in Brussels on 11–13 February 1971 and
concluded that “it does not feel that it has the right
to investigate its members and will not do so in the
future” (Liebaers 2002: 7, section 4). Liebaers was
requested to appear before an Executive Board
committee of Unesco, set up to consider evidence
of racial discrimination in INGOs, which met
in Paris in January 1972. He continues, “I was
invited to leave the room while the Committee
evaluated my statement. When I was called back
I heard that I had not convinced the Committee
and that IFLA was excluded from Unesco . . .
The decision could be appealed six months later”
(Liebaers 2002: 8). In the intervening period, the
Executive Board of IFLA requested the South
African Library Association (SALA) to withdraw
from membership of IFLA, whilst continuing
to permit individual libraries in South Africa to
continue in membership (Campbell 2002: 119).
Further correspondence with Unesco resulted in
the granting of a repeal and IFLA was accepted
back into Unesco. Liebaers explains that IFLA
“could not afford to stay outside UNESCO,
because it stands for the international community of education, science and culture of which
IFLA aspired to be an important part” (Liebaers
1980: 220).
Kagan captures something of the urgency of the
political debate when he recalls, “As a young librarian attending the 1985 Chicago IFLA meeting, I was awestruck when E.J. Josey [the second
African-American President of the American
Library Association, 1984–1985] interrupted
the first plenary session to demand that IFLA
dissociate itself from apartheid South Africa”
(Kagan 2005: 33). Later, he notes that the decision to exclude South African members from participating in IFLA activities was not absolute and
that this issue continued to be contentious:
Diffusion of Professional Norms
voting rights were restored in 1977 citing
bogus changed conditions. By 1985, the IFLA
Council passed a resolution demanding that
apartheid members continue to be excluded.
But even with continued pressure by an
international group of IFLA members, and
even a demonstration outside the IFLA Conference in 1990, this resolution was never implemented but rather subverted by various
surveys and investigations (Kagan 2005: 39).
Walker comments that “IFLA never took the final
step of banning institutions or individuals from
membership, though applications were carefully
scrutinized. A few South African professionals,
among them most notably John Willemse of Unisa,
became active on standing committees and governing structures” (2007: 183). Based upon the
results of a survey of academics and research librarians working at South African universities,
Lancaster and Haricombe conclude that “most
of the scholars in our study judged the boycott
to be an irritant or inconvenience, rather than a
significant barrier to scholarly progress” (1995)
and Neville Alexander, in supporting the practical implementation of boycotts, cautioned that
they are “always two-edged weapons” (1995), the
isolation having the twin effects of limiting academic discourse whilst increasing pressure on
governments to change such policies.
By the early 1990s, there was evidence that the
apartheid system in South Africa was to be ended:
on 2 February 1990, the then President of South
Africa, F.W. De Klerk, announced the intention to
repeal discriminatory laws and lift the 30-year ban
on the main anti-apartheid groups. Between 1990
and 1993, much of the apparatus of apartheid was
dismantled. The inauguration, in 1994, of the Government of National Unity initiated major changes
in the governance of South Africa and its social,
education and welfare services.
At a meeting of the IFLA Executive Board (7–8
December 1992), IFLA President Robert Wedgeworth reported on a visit he had made to South
Africa in September 1992. He proposed that a
fact-finding mission consisting of four or five impartial observers be sent to South Africa; in early
1993, a five-person team was sent. Its findings included a recommendation that another review
be conducted after a further three years. In 1997,
the newly-formed Library and Information Association of South Africa (LIASA) was admitted as
a member of IFLA; Walker explains that “Neither
SAILIS [the South African Institute of Library
and Information Science, a professional body
predating and replaced by LIASA] nor any other
South African LIS body was ever accepted as
a national association before the founding of
LIASA in 1997” (2007: 183).
The practical effect has been that the opportunity for South African professionals to play a role
in the work of IFLA and its Congress has been
limited, at least until after 1997. Few, even, would
have found it easy to attend the IFLA General
Conference because of economic and travel restrictions placed upon South African citizens
during the period of apartheid. The question is,
given this history of restricted contact, how significant is IFLA and its work considered to have been
by members of the profession in South Africa?
In asking this question, it must be remembered
that in recent years, South African members have
played important roles: Professor Peter J. Lor,
formerly the National Librarian and Chief Executive of the National Library of South Africa,
served as the Secretary General of IFLA from
15 February 2005 until 5 September 2008; he
had also been very active in IFLA prior to this
period. The incoming President for the 2009–2011
period is Ellen R. Tise, Senior Director of Library
and Information Services at the University of
Stellenbosch in the Western Cape of South Africa.
Thus, the impact of IFLA on South Africa will certainly increase – but the question of the perception
of IFLA as an organization remains valid.
Planning the Focus Group
Interviews
The intent of the interviews was to capture the
views of the professional community in South
Africa, including representatives of different kinds
of libraries and those involved with policy development, the management of library associations
and education and research in the field of library
and information science. According to the database of attendees distributed by IFLA, there were
533 participants giving a South African institution
as their place of work. The annual report of LIASA
for 2007–2008 indicates that the membership
base in 2007 was 1477 members and, although the
total number of those employed as librarians or in
library-related employment is not known with any
degree of accuracy, it is believed that the group is
substantially larger than that represented by the
membership of LIASA. Tise has commented, for
133
Peter G. Underwood
example, that the potential membership of LIASA
could be as great as 5000 (2003: 3).
The list of South African attendees was grouped
into types of institution. The primary affiliation of
each attendee was accepted as that given as the
place of work in the IFLA database; from contact
with the focus group participants it is recognized
that many attendees played multiple roles – as
representatives from a library, as officers or committee members of LIASA, as members of national
and provincial government committees and some
as members of IFLA working groups and committees (see Table 1).
Primary affiliation
Tertiary education institutions
190
Public libraries
138
National government departments
59
Local or provincial government
departments
43
Special libraries
43
National Library of South Africa
39
School libraries
11
Suppliers
7
Professional association (LIASA)
2
Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs)
1
Total
533
Table 1. Focus group participants by type of
organization.
At the time of the impact study, the author was
involved in projects that required visits to four
major library services in South Africa. The focus
groups were drawn from the staff of these institutions who had attended IFLA. It was left to
members of the senior management teams to
select from the list of attendees a set of participants willing to participate in the focus group at
their institutions.
A survey by e-mail was also considered in order
to reach those not included in the focus group
localities. This was abandoned after it was discovered that the database of attendees, published
as a CD-ROM for delegates to the Congress, contained many erroneous e-mail addresses that
defied even patient detective work to correct and
resolve. To compensate for this, interviews were
conducted by telephone with attendees from other
types of institution.
134
In all, the responses of 32 participants were obtained, representing 6 percent of the attendees
from South Africa at the IFLA Congress.
A set of questions was supplied in advance to each
participant or interviewee, with an assurance that
responses would be treated as anonymous and
that identity and organizational affiliation would
remain confidential.
The Interviews
Throughout, the term ‘attendees’ refers to IFLA
Congress delegates, whilst ‘participants’ refers
to those taking part in the focus groups and
other interviews associated with this impact
study.
Background Information on the Participants
and their Relationship to, and experiences
of, IFLA
Of the group of 32 participants, only two had
attended previous IFLA congresses. This is a surprisingly low number and may reflect the relative
isolation of South Africa until it was readmitted
to IFLA and also the scarcity of funding to support
attendance. Five participants suggested that the
image of the IFLA Congress is that it is mainly intended for senior management and other leaders
in the profession. Whilst not necessarily supporting the view of the earlier years of IFLA, expressed
by Liebaers in a throw-away remark, that “Actually
IFLA was not much more than a distinguished
gentlemen’s club, who met once a year and had a
good time, professionally and otherwise” (1998),
it does suggest the need to consider the image
conveyed by the organization.
Apart from corresponding members, only one participant was a member of an IFLA committee. The
comment was made by several participants that,
should they have an interest, they were unsure
how to become involved in the work of IFLA.
All participants enjoyed the Congress, a typical comment being “exhilarating, well-organized, with a
well-conceived programme and a high standard
of presentation”. The opportunity to network was
mentioned by most as a principal benefit of attendance, especially the opportunity to meet people
well known from the professional literature. The
experience also served to stimulate interest and
reinvigorate an interest in the profession:
Diffusion of Professional Norms
“We all came back with enthusiasm that we
have not had for a long time . . . but we all
came back to real life”
“It made me look up at the sky”
“The experience made me see that other
people are facing worse problems”
“Most of us attending an international conference want opportunities to explore what
librarians elsewhere are doing. We have wide
interests but we also need to explore outside
our professional area”
“It is so nice to remind oneself that librarianship is a profession with a mission”
“It builds confidence because I found that
people were facing similar problems to those
in South Africa”
“I felt pride in being a librarian, especially
after listening to Albie Sachs [Justice Albie
Sachs was the keynote speaker at the Opening Ceremony]”
“They show you the possible!”
An interesting remark was made to the author
by the Chair of the Durban Hoteliers Guild, who
commented that his members were astonished
at how hard the IFLA delegates worked – whereas
delegates of other conferences seemed to spend
most of their time in entertainment, the IFLA delegates distinguished themselves by attending many
meetings before seeking the diversions of Durban.
The ‘downside’ was the overwhelming sense of the
mix of plenary sessions, parallel sessions, poster
displays, seminars and the exhibition. Almost all
participants mentioned the difficulty of selecting a
path through the programme, describing it as wellthought out, but complex, a view also supported
by the evaluation study conducted by Kapnisi
(2008: 198). Several described the consequence of
a conflict of professional interests: should one concentrate on sessions appropriate to one’s job or
one’s areas of interest? One participant proposed
a strategy: “The Congress is extremely difficult to
navigate; therefore, one must attend it having a
purpose”.
Five participants also mentioned that having delegates entering and leaving whilst sessions were
in progress was very distracting and displayed
discourtesy to the speakers.
Those from the public library sector expressed
the view that this sector was under-represented,
specifically around the topics of multiculturalism and the role of public libraries in Africa.
There was also a feeling in this group that there
was too much emphasis on technology and too
little on how appropriate technology can be put
to use in a public library service; ‘Library 2.0’
was specifically mentioned as an example of an
interesting idea but where presentations were
insufficiently conceptualized within the public library context. This view tended to be countered by
participants from higher education institutions,
who expressed satisfaction that areas such as intellectual property rights and use of e-resources were
covered in such detail: “It provides us with some
vision and a benchmark for our own progress in
South Africa”.
Participants from higher education institutions
mentioned the importance of active participation:
“IFLA is empowering because it enables
young professionals to interact with seasoned
professionals and enables people to recognize the role that librarianship must play in
social development”
“It was extremely empowering for South
Africa, and Africa generally, to be able to recognize and acknowledge what we have”
“The opportunity to present to an international audience is important – they are surprised to see what we can do with limited
resources”
“It was interesting to see the number of young
professionals. IFLA should take cognisance
of that and create more opportunities for
them, like the round table discussions, to encourage interaction”.
General Effects of IFLA in Spreading
Professional Norms and Standards and in
Developing Librarianship
Attending the IFLA Congress is expensive: is
the expenditure commensurate with the benefit
gained or would it be better to spend the money on
other purposes and projects? This question, and
the veiled criticism that it contains, often evokes
135
Peter G. Underwood
defensive remarks, especially from those fortunate
enough to have attended a Congress.
The participants were in accord in recognizing the
validity of the question, especially as it relates to
South Africa, where financial resources for library
development are scant. However, they were united
in asserting that the benefits of holding a regular
meeting are considerable, in terms of professional
development and increasing the visibility of the
profession.
“There is no doubt about it . . . you cannot
develop without exploring the potential for
the profession . . . how else would one be
able to gain the knowledge and hear the experience offered by other people?”
“By being mentioned in the local news, it
makes people realize that there are quite a
lot of us”
“Conferences are a way . . . of discovering that
the problems we have are not just happening
in our own country”
“Reading journals does not have quite the
same impact. We do not need to apologize for
wishing to improve practice through the sharing of experience”
“It makes the country realize that librarians
are professional”
“Should it be every year? Money could be
saved by holding it every second year.”
The selection of attendees was also mentioned by
most participants. That attendance is, for many, a
‘once in a lifetime’ opportunity was regarded as
a shortcoming and the establishment of a fund
by IFLA to support attendance of younger professionals was suggested: “We need more opportunities for new professionals to attend these
kind of conferences and become involved in the
work of the standing committees”. One group commented that “We thought IFLA was for bosses
but we quickly discovered that it included people
from all levels” – an impression that IFLA could
seek to foster in its publicity for this and other
meetings.
One participant suggested that there is both a
strategic and a motivational sense in choosing
whom to send. It may be important for effective
136
management for project leaders to liaise with
selected attendees; it may also be important to reward and encourage the younger professionals
who have displayed initiative. Another commented
that “It is an opportunity to acknowledge the intellectual capacity of people through encouraging
them to present papers and posters”.
Alternatives to attendance were mentioned, such
as viewing the record of proceedings through
the IFLA website; most participants agreed that
there is a dynamic that is lost if one’s contact
with the Congress proceedings is only through
this and similar media. All agreed on the importance of feedback by attendees to other staff and
several were in favour of identifying themes and
papers of particular interest to the work of the
organization for specific comment: “Feedback on
local issues can be greatly amplified by access to
people from other countries with similar projects
or experience”.
“IFLA is a source of inspiration”, commented one
participant when asked to describe the role of
IFLA in professional development. Despite this,
few participants had any detailed knowledge of
IFLA publications, with the exception of the IFLA
Journal. The journal was not widely available in
paper form and few knew about the electronic
version freely available from the IFLA website.
A copy might be routed to the office of the director
but was not necessarily circulated or made more
widely available. The main roles of IFLA were
considered to be the development and publishing
of standards and the holding of the Congress.
Could IFLA do more about stimulating interest
in new developments? Several participants
commented that IFLA fails to follow-up on what
is presented at the Congress:
“IFLA needs to make known what goes on in
the Conference in a less high-brow way – not
just articles in the Journal. The IFLA web site
could do more in this respect”
“There is a need for more local discussion
and workshops on how to implement ideas
from the Congress. Maybe IFLA needs local
representatives”.
With the history of South Africa’s engagement
with IFLA in mind, discussion turned to views
about whether new ideas, services, methods and
techniques that have been implemented in South
Diffusion of Professional Norms
African libraries could be traced back either to
the influence of IFLA or its direct involvement.
“IFLA was a word we knew . . . but that was all”,
is a comment made by several.
Others commented on the highly significant and
supportive role played by IFLA as an organization,
and notably in the guise of Robert Wedgeworth, in
setting-up LIASA. This was coupled with a plea:
“The next step is you can create something
but how do you sustain it?”
“Some of these challenges should be recognized by IFLA and it should assist library
associations”
“All our library associations are very political . . . perhaps IFLA can help to overcome
the effects of this?”
The issue of sustainability is very much in the
minds of those managing LIASA. Tise (2003: 7)
has commented on the critical need to expand
the membership base; the 2008 annual report of
LIASA indicates that its membership base has
shrunk by approximately 5 percent between 2007
(1477) and 2008 (1399) (Library and Information Association of South Africa 2008: 4). Something of the problems of promoting membership
can be appreciated from a comment made to
Khomo: “There is no benefit to me; I only joined
[LIASA] this year (2007) to gain financial benefit to attend the IFLA Conference in Durban”
(2007: 69).
The eyes of most of the participants were on the
future:
“We have become part of the international
world of librarianship”
“We are more aware of developments, international standards, projects”
“We need to bridge gaps, to learn from other
countries with similar issues, such as how to
work with dispersed communities and those
in deep rural areas”.
IFLA, Information Literacy and Literacy
When asked what the participants considered to
be the most important aspects of information literacy, there was a unanimous view that the ability to
evaluate information sources is critical. Most participants also considered that the formative years
of school were the appropriate setting in which
to commence information literacy education.
At the same time, the lack of preparedness of
many teaching staff in South African schools was
acknowledged, especially with respect to the adoption of Outcomes Based Education (OBE):
“There is a lack of critical thinking in learners. OBE has not succeeded in any way,
yet it was supposed to engage people with
information”.
There was agreement that, as well as the school,
the role of librarians in community outreach
was critical: “We must start in communities so we
can all of us remain rooted in the needs of the
community”.
Specific obstacles and problems were also mentioned. Many children are growing up in South
Africa in deprived or difficult circumstances, with
limited opportunity for access to welfare and
education. Even when these are accessible, the
problem of the link between the school and the library can be problematic:
“Our libraries are seen largely as places to go
to find information for school projects . . . not
for entertainment or recreational reading”
“There aren’t people saying ‘reading is good,
reading is interesting’”
“A lot of what you know is from reading – but
you need to talk about it”
“Teachers mould children . . . they are a very
important person in a little child’s life . . . but
there is a danger of them seeing the library as
a place to which they have been sent to find
information for a project rather than enjoying
the experience”.
Another problem was thought to be the confusion
between computer literacy and information literacy: “There is confusion between computer and
information literacy: the challenge is to make it
[information literacy] interesting because students
and young people think they are already competent because they know about computers”.
The larger role of the profession was also mentioned: “What is our role in community outreach?
137
Peter G. Underwood
What is our role in the national structure – beyond
the institutional boundary?” There was general
agreement that the importance of information
literacy is not recognized within South African
society and that outreach programmes could assist in promoting recognition.
In considering whether IFLA should give priority
in its work to particular aspects of information
literacy and, specifically, lifelong literacy, opinion
was divided. Recurring questions were, “How
much communication does IFLA have with other
professional bodies such as educators?” and “The
problem is that you have to start with government: is IFLA involved with that?” The majority
opinion was that IFLA should become a champion for the cause of information literacy but
could have little direct effect other than through
advising governments and leading institutions
and promoting research.
Arising from this, several strongly-voiced opinions centred on the role of IFLA in promoting
development:
“IFLA should foster research and provide a
platform for the exchange of ideas. It can end up
being a talk shop – but where do we go to?”
“IFLA needs to play a stronger role in providing standards and practice – it should
provide a structure for an organization to
consider, adopt and adapt”
“Information literacy is fashionable – but is
it the most important issue?”
“IFLA needs to get its house in order and
consider how to encourage institutional
programmes”
“Where do we take the issues that emerge?
IFLA needs to become the central representative of the profession”
“IFLA has no real role to play within a country. It can only encourage the profession,
stimulate and support national initiatives”.
The participants readily acknowledged that the
obstacles to development of information literacy
were many and considerable in their potential
impact. For South Africa, poverty and the need to
provide education in the mother tongue dominate;
South Africa has eleven officially recognized
138
languages and at least seven others that have
significant usage. Several commented on their
interest in the reports of how librarians serving
communities in rural India are tackling similar
problems.
Lack of affordable telecommunications was seen
as another obstacle: “Without exposure [to the
use of computers], people cannot gain this competence [in information literacy]. Limited provision in homes, bandwidth problems, the expense
of the Internet are all particular problems in the
townships and rural areas. This means communities have limited access to information”.
The combined effect of these obstacles is to increase levels of stress: “We become de-motivated
because of funds shortages. We are overwhelmed
with children wanting information”. Mention
was also made of the high number of adult illiterates: the percentage of persons aged fifteen and
over who can read and write is estimated to be
82 percent over the period 2000 to 2005 (UNICEF
2009: Basic indicators).
There was some scepticism about the suggestion
that IFLA – or any professional organization –
might be able to play a role in overcoming these
obstacles:
“It is more the role of IFLA to work with national committees to provide assistance and
advice, not to provide actual resources – this
is the role of national government”
“How much credibility does a body like LIASA
have with the government?”
“The role played by IFLA in our own field is
exposing people who would never otherwise
think of it to the ideas”.
On the other hand, “If you are seen to be part of
an international body you are seen to have more
power and this is influential” – a view that received considerable support.
Whether literacy could be regarded as a conflictridden matter was considered a difficult question.
After much discussion, most participants expressed
the view that IFLA could do little more than take
a stance and proffer advice to governments and
organizations – the real focus for change and
development has to be within the country; it is
a matter of national policy. One participant took
Diffusion of Professional Norms
the matter further: “This also raises question of
IFLA’s position: how seriously is it taken? Who
is going to take it seriously? If the library association had clout, it could act as a strong lobbying
or advocacy organization. There is a potential
role but it is not one that IFLA is taking”. Several
participants also emphasized the dangers: “This
is a contentious idea [of taking a stance] because
what is good for one country may not be good for
others. All IFLA could do is make suggestions of
what to consider in developing a local policy”.
Commodification and charging for information
were also identified as problem areas on which
IFLA might comment:
“Charging for information can have an effect on access to information. Information
should be free to users – but libraries need to
be funded appropriately to achieve that”
“People should be able to read for pleasure –
people without access [to libraries] will never
ever reach the stage of becoming information
literate”
“Libraries need to be open to meet the free
hours of parents, which means we are forcing
families with working mothers to fall back on
the Internet – if they have access”
“As soon as a new medium enters our field we
seem to want to treat it differently. As soon as
a book enters our library, it costs us money
to keep it on the shelf . . . we must adopt a
similar view of the Internet – the Internet is
another way of shelving information and if
I am not charging people to use the book
which I am paying money for, then why
should one charge them for using the Internet, which is just another medium?”
There were also comments of larger roles to
play:
“IFLA could be promoting debate around
new ideas. Library associations could approach government and explain the library
needs in a context provided by IFLA. This
need not conflict with IFLA’s stance of neutrality. We do need international contact
to form our own national political and our
professional stance. Also, IFLA is important for providing coverage of smaller areas,
such as Art librarianship”
“A synthesis of all the conferences around
the year needed – producing and distributing this could be a role for IFLA”
“How much influence does IFLA have on
publishers and what they publish? We need
books published in local languages and telling people how to use information and
libraries”
“IFLA has a role in keeping up standards
of library work and in adjunct areas such
as publishing. It should have a greater role
in coordinating – there are so many people over the world trying to do the same
things”
“IFLA could have a role in coordinating and
encouraging. It is the marketing part of what
IFLA is doing: what is the IFLA lead on this
or that idea?”
“IFLA might be able to be an agency for
sponsors, for linking people who want to
be trainers or mentors. Possibly it could be
an agency to find out who would be willing to sponsor training programmes. It
needs to be more of a resource and source
of advice”.
In summing up, there was support for a number of
views of the role of IFLA in relation to information
literacy, literacy and other aspects. Some of the
views were cautionary:
There was also some agreement with two strongly
expressed views:
“IFLA could play a role but in the right context. It has to be wary of not becoming a political tool. IFLA has to identify what it aims
to achieve and in what areas”
“IFLA needs to be a strong and healthy body.
We do not have much knowledge about
IFLA and its organization. It is difficult to
understand how to ‘get inside’”
“IFLA has a role to play but it needs to define
it. Just having the General Conference is not
enough”.
“It is such a very remote organization that it
is sometimes difficult to see it having an influence on our standards”.
139
Peter G. Underwood
Conclusion
Running through the focus group discussions
there is a set of similar ideas:
• That IFLA has a strong role to play in advice,
guidance, and the development of standards.
Its role in national policy development is necessarily limited.
• That the Congress is an important meeting place
and its proceedings a source of inspiration to
those who have come with a ‘prepared mind’.
• That the influence of its work and proceedings could be greater if it were communicated
in accessible forms in partnership with existing
publications such as the IFLA Journal.
• That, for the younger professional, seeking to become involved, IFLA is a daunting
organization.
In answer to the question, “Does IFLA have a role
to play in the diffusion of professional norms?” the
response must be, for South Africa, “potentially
so” – but, for many South African professionals
its role is not clear or well defined. These are
views held by a small group of South African professionals: it would be fascinating to discover if
they are more widely held.
References
Alexander, N. (1995) Academic boycotts: some reflections on the South African case. Perspectives on the
professions, 15(1) 3. Available: http://www.iit.edu/
departments/csep/perspective/pers15_1fall95_3.html
(Accessed 13 March 2009).
Campbell, H.C. (2002) IFLA: Library universality in a
divided world. IFLA Journal, 28(3) 118–35. Available:
http://www.ifla.org/V/iflaj/art2803.pdf (Accessed
13 March 2009).
Davis Jr., D.G. and Feis, N. (2001) “With malice toward
none”: IFLA and the Cold War. Libraries & Culture,
36(1) 1–15.
Gurney, C. (1999) When the boycott began to bite. History
Today, 49(6) 32–34.
Kagan, A. (2005) IFLA and social responsibility: a core
value of librarianship. In Seidelin, S. and Hamilton,
S. (eds) Libraries, national security, freedom of information laws and social responsibilities: IFLA/FAIFE
world report, 33–43. Copenhagen: IFLA/FAIFE.
Available: http://www.ifla.org/faife/report/FAIFEWorldReport2005.pdf (Accessed 13 March 2009).
Kapnisi, S. (2008) Evaluation study of the 2007 IFLA
Congress in Durban. IFLA journal, 34(2):198–200.
Available: www.ifla.org/V/iflaj/IFLA-Journal-2-2008.
pdf (Accessed 13 March 2009).
140
Lancaster, F. W. and Haricombe, L. (1995) The academic
boycott of South Africa: symbolic gesture or effective
agent of change? Perspectives on the Professions,
15(1). Available: http://ethics.iit.edu/perspective/
pers15_1fall95_2.html (Accessed 13 March 2009).
Library and Information Association of South Africa
(LIASA). (2008) Annual report: August 2007 to October
2008. Available: http://www.liasa.org.za/annual_
report/LIASA_Annual_Report_2007-2008.pdf
(Accessed 14 March 2009).
Liebaers, H. (1980) Mostly in the line of duty: thirty years
with books. The Hague: Martinus Nijhof.
Liebaers, H. (1988) Towards Edinburgh 75: IFLA thirty
years ago – the dramatic 34th Council and General
Conference in Frankfurt am Main in 1968. In Proceedings of the 64th IFLA Council and General Conference, Amsterdam, 16–21 August 1998. Available:
http://www.ifla.org/IV/ifla64/121-103e.htm (Accessed
11 March 2009).
Liebaers, H. (2002) The Dutch tea party of IFLA in the
Seventies: a quick flash back of forty-five years before the Dutch tea party. In Proceedings of the 68th
IFLA Council and General Conference, Glasgow,
18–24 August 2002. Available: http://www.ifla.org/
IV/ifla68/papers/104-101e.pdf (Accessed 7 March
2009).
Tise, E. R. (2003) Strategies by LIASA to develop library
services and the profession in South Africa. In Proceedings of the World Library and Information Congress: 69th IFLA General Conference and Council,
Berlin, 1–9 August 2003. Available: http://www.
ifla.org/IV/ifla69/papers/191e-Tise.pdf (Accessed
13 March 2009}.
Unesco. (1971) Records of the Sixteenth Session of the
General Conference, Paris, 12 October – 14 November
1970. Vol. 1: Resolutions. Paris: Unesco.
UNICEF. (2009) South Africa: statistics. Available:
http://www.unicef.org/infobycountry/southafrica_
statistics.html (Accessed 10 March 2009).
Walker, C.M. (2007) LIASA 1997–2007: background and
recent history. In Bothma, T., Underwood, P. G. and
Ngulube P. (eds) Libraries for the future: progress
and development of South African libraries, 179–197.
Pretoria: LIASA.
About the Author continued
the Library and Information Association of South
Africa and the Association of Southern Africa
Indexers and Bibliographers. Contact details:
Centre for Information Literacy, University of Cape
Town, Private Bag X01, Rondebosch 7701, Cape
Town, South Africa. Tel. + 27 (0)21 650 3091. Fax:
+ 27 (0)21 650 4542. Cell: + 27 (0)84 650 3091.
Home (landline and fax): +27 (0)21 761 8463.
Work e-mail:
[email protected] Home
e-mail:
[email protected] Web page: http://
www.ched.uct.ac.za/cil/dils
The School Library Development Programme
in Pallisa District, Uganda: an impact study
Elisam Magara
Charles Batambuze
Abstract
This study establishes the impact of the School Library Development
Programme (SLDP) of the East African Book Development Association
(EABDA) on the beneficiary schools in Pallisa District. The study was financed with funds provided by the Guust van Wesemael Literacy Prize,
awarded by IFLA to the National Book Trust of Uganda in 2007. Data were
collected from implementers and participants in the Pallisa District project including teachers, children, head teachers, teacher librarians and the
District Education Office. It was established that there was significant utilization of (a) the skills acquired from the training and (b) the donation of
books, in the management of collections and use of the library. Although
schools had put in place strategies for enabling children to borrow and read
books, the absence of purpose-built libraries with adequate seating facilities and space has limited children’s abilities to use the library and enjoy
reading in schools. There is a need for a comprehensive school library development programme to guide interventions for stocking school libraries
with relevant books and promoting reading practices.
Keywords: East African Book Development Association; School Library
Development Programme; Uganda; children’s reading; school libraries;
impact studies
Introduction
Dr. Elisam Magara is Associate
Professor, East African School
of Librar y and Infor mation
Science, Makerere University. He
may be contacted at PO Box
7062, Kampala, Uganda. Tel:
+256-414-531530, Mob:
+256-772-495592. E-mail:
[email protected]
Charles Batambuze is Executive
Secretary, National Book Trust of
Uganda, PO Box 25412 Kampala,
Uganda. Tel: +256-41-235264.
Mob: +256-772580287.
Fax: +256-41-23806. E-mail:
[email protected]
Education can fundamentally be developed through a process of
providing knowledge, skill or competences to a learner or learners
through optimal utilization of libraries and information services.
Access to school libraries has the most potential in improving learning achievements and gains which in turn would influence the
learner’s quality of life in later years and their contributions to national aspirations.
Uganda aspires to eradicate poverty through several strategies
including Universal Primary Education (UPE). The UPE strategy
started being implemented in 1997 and scored several positives,
especially in terms of increasing school enrollments. There are still
major challenges facing UPE, including quality issues, dropout
rates and limited access to books, especially supplementary readers. The limited exposure to supplementary readers has had grave
consequences on the pupils’ performance in national exams; as
studies by the Uganda National Examinations Board (UNEB) and
the Education Standards Agency (ESA) found out, a majority of the
pupils fail because they cannot read and interpret the examination
questions.
The centrality of school libraries and their development to facilitate delivery of quality education has been on Uganda’s national
educational agenda for many years, as represented, for example, by
the 1963 Castle Report of the Uganda Educational Commission,
I F LA
Copyright © 2009 Author. IFLA Journal 35(2): 141–151.
ISSN: 0340-0352. DOI: 10.1177/0340035209105670
141
Elisam Magara and Charles Batambuze
the 1975 Ministry of Education Library Committee, the 1977 Standing Committee of the Public
Libraries Board, and the 1978 UNESCO study on
the development of school libraries (Magara and
Bukirwa, 2004: 316). More recently, there have
been several legal and policy frameworks, including the Government White Paper on education
1992, which provides guidelines on the need for
libraries and their utilization in schools and communities, the Universal Primary Education (UPE)
Guidelines, which advocate for writers/readers
clubs in schools, and the National Textbook Policy
1997. Other initiatives to guarantee access to textbooks and other learning materials have included
procurement programmes such as the Decentralized Instruction Materials Procurement (DIMP)
programme, which handed schools the opportunity to select titles of both textbooks and supplementary readers to buy for the school as well as
spreading bookshops to all districts in Uganda.
And recently government introduced the use of
mother tongue for instruction in the first three
years of basic primary education.
It is clear from the above that Uganda’s education system is very rich in terms of policy and
legal frameworks. However, school library development in Uganda continues to suffer underfunding, neglect and lack of a specific policy for
school libraries. Magara and Bukirwa (2004), in
a study on school library development in Uganda,
provided a blueprint for developing school libraries and information services. Some of the recommendations of the study have been incorporated
into the draft School Library Development (SLD)
Policy by the Ministry of Education and Sports
(2005). The vision of the SLD policy is “a Uganda
where national development is enhanced through
lifelong learning and an information literate
society capable of harnessing the environment
around them” (Ministry of Education and Sports,
2005: 7).
Background
In order to contribute to the development of a reading culture in the region, the East African Book
Development Association (EABDA), through its
national chapters in Kenya, Tanzania and Uganda,
has provided various programmes including the
School Library Development Programme (Magara
and Batambuze, 2005). In Uganda, the National
Chapter is the National Book Trust of Uganda
(NABOTU), founded in 1997 as a civil society
142
organization to promote authorship, publishing and
the development of a reading culture. NABOTU’s
current membership includes associations and
institutions of authors, publishers, booksellers,
librarians and many others.
NABOTU started implementing the School Library Development Programme in 2001. This programme was developed out of a realization that
most primary schools in Uganda lacked libraries
and had very limited collections of supplementary readers, and teachers lacked skills to teach
reading, promote reading and manage books well
in the schools. The programme’s targets were both
rural and urban poor schools, providing them with
children’s storybooks and skills for the teachers
in teaching reading methods, promoting reading
and starting and running school libraries. The
collections of storybooks donated include books
locally published and procured using grants from
EABDA, Sida, Pearson-Longman (UK) publishers
and Book Aid International. The emphasis on
storybooks is largely because they have more potential for encouraging a reading habit and culture
than do school textbooks. Additionally, Book Aid
International supported the programme through
direct children’s book donations from UK based
publishers and libraries.
In 2006, the School Library Development Project
was conducted in the district of Pallisa in Eastern
Uganda by two members of NABOTU, the Uganda
Library and Information Association (ULIA)
and the National Library of Uganda (NLU). The
selection of Pallisa was based on a number of
indicators, including high levels of poverty and
poor results in the national Primary Leaving Examinations (PLE) over four successive years. The
Pallisa District Education Officer (DEO) guided
the NABOTU teams in identifying schools to
benefit from this intervention. The Uganda Library and Information Association (2006) report
further indicates that the criterion for selection of
schools was that they were disadvantaged schools
that were willing to establish a library and reading programme to benefit learners. The schools
selected were from the four counties of Budaka,
Pallisa, Kibuku and Tirinyi that make up Pallisa
District.
A workshop was organized by ULIA targeting
teacher librarians from 50 primary schools that
benefited from the book donations. Several studies
on literacy practices in primary schools in Uganda
had concluded that teachers were not well versed
The School Library Development Programme in Pallisa District, Uganda
in methods of teaching reading, reading promotion
and management of libraries. These findings are
corroborated by the Ministry of Education and
Sports’ own findings, which show further that most
teachers do not know how to use textbooks during
instruction. Training teachers in the key skills of
starting and managing school libraries, promoting reading to children, assessing the impact of
books on pupils and teaching children to read
was thus a key strategy for guaranteeing the success of NABOTU’s School Library Development
Programme.
• The teacher training carried out by ULIA had
helped teachers to improve on how they were
teaching and promoting reading and whether
teachers through their peer networks were
training others.
• Storybooks donated were being read, interesting, relevant, of the right quality and quantities.
• There were any efforts regarding promotion of
reading in schools.
• There were any challenges hindering further
school library development by the schools
themselves.
The National Library of Uganda handled the procurement of appropriate children’s storybooks
for donation to the schools. Some of the issues
taken into account while selecting books included
language – i.e. both English and the local languages in which instruction takes place – special
themes such as HIV/AIDS, gender issues and
price. A major concern was the anticipated short
shelf life for the books as a result of over-use and
because all locally published children’s storybooks are paperbacks. The consolation was that
signs of early wear and tear as a result of use would
be a good indication that the thirst and interest
for well written and interesting storybooks in the
schools was real. It was thought that this would
dispel the notion that school teachers in Uganda
keep books away from children. With average
enrolments in the schools standing at about 1000,
the National Library provided a total of 240 storybooks to every school. The assumption was that
every child in the school would be able to read
most of the storybooks as the teachers circulated
them. It was also hoped that schools would be encouraged to ask for additional storybooks from
government in order to meet the increasing demand from children.
The study further sought to establish how the
reading time on the school timetable was being
influenced by the programme. It was proposed
that the results, and lessons learned as a result
of this study, would be widely shared with both
the local and the international school library
community.
The Impact Study
The impact study of the Pallisa School Library
Development Project is a culmination of NABOTU
having won the IFLA Guust van Wessemael
Literacy Prize, 2007. It was proposed that, using
the prize money, a study on the impact of the project would be carried out. Thus the purpose of this
study was to establish the impact of the School
Library Development Project on the beneficiary
schools in Pallisa District. The study delved into
the extent to which the objectives of the project had been achieved. The study established
whether or not:
Methodology
A field survey was later carried out in a representative sample of 20 of the 50 primary schools that
had benefited from the Pallisa School Library
Development Project. Table 1 shows the names of
the schools visited during the field survey.
The field survey targeted teachers, children, head
teachers, teacher librarians and the District Education Office. Data were collected from teacher
librarians and head teachers using a structured
interview guide. In some schools, where teacher
librarians were not present, other teachers were
selected. In two schools, focus group discussions
among the teachers were used to enlist what could
not be covered by the interviews. In eighteen
schools, children were talked to as a class and an
interview group guide was administered to selected classes as recommended by the schools’
administration. The numbers in these classes
varied from school to school. In Nalufunya and
Pallisa Township primary schools, a few pupils
were selected based on their responsibilities in
the school and interviewed in groups of six.
The research team also undertook literature reviews that included field reports, newspaper and
journal articles and books on the subject of school
librarianship as well as best practices on library
development from around the world and within
government, which provided parameters for the
evaluation of the current practices in Uganda
in general and Pallisa in particular. In addition,
143
Elisam Magara and Charles Batambuze
Sub-county
No. of schools
Schools
Pallisa district
Agule
1
Odusai Primary School
Bulangira
1
Goli-Goli Primary School
Buseta
1
Katiryo Primary School
Butebo
1
Kalalaka Primary School
Gogonyo
1
Gogonyo Primary School
Kabwangasi
3
Nesenyi Primary School, Kabwangasi Primary School and
Kabwangasi Demo.
Kakoro
1
Kanginama
Kibale
1
Kibale Primary School
Puti-Puti
2
Limoto Primary School and Odepai Primary School
Tirinya
1
Tirinya Primary School
Town Council
3
Pallisa Township, Nalufuya Primary School and Kagoli Primary
School
Iki-Iki
2
Iki-Iki Primary School Integrated and Katira Primary School
Kamunkoli
2
Kamunkoli Primary School, and Kadimunkoli Primary School
Budaka district
Total
20
Table 1. Schools visited.
structured interviews were carried out with implementers of the activities. During the process
of data collection, contact was made with Pallisa
District Education Office, NABOTU, NLU and
ULIA, who were involved in the implementation
of the project, to determine important parameters
for the study.
The findings are based on the parameters that the
study set out to establish, which are in turn based
on the objectives of the Pallisa School Library
Development Project. This thus gives the extent
to which they have been achieved, the reasons for
variations and any other information as well as
observations from the schools.
Impact of Teacher Training
Teachers were trained in the ULIA workshop in
teaching reading methods, promotion of reading
and managing library collections. Through interviews and observations, this study attempted to
find out the extent to which the training had helped
teachers to improve on how they were teaching
144
and promoting reading and whether, through
their peer networks, teachers were training others.
Below are some of the findings.
Organized Libraries
Prior to the training some of the schools had rooms
used as libraries. According to the testimonies of
teachers, there was no particular order in which
books were organized and used. Teacher librarians who participated in the training from schools
such as Pallisa Township had, according to the
head teacher and our own observations, created
good book displays to facilitate children’s access
to books and also used the subject classification to
arrange shelf displays. However, as the head
teacher expressed, since the teacher librarian left
shortly afterwards, very little further efforts had
been made. In some schools, due to lack of shelves,
books are taken from the office to the library room
and displayed on tables where children can choose
and read. In Katoryo Primary School, for example, a
library room has been provided. Although it had
no shutters in the windows, the teacher librarian
devised a programme where each morning books
The School Library Development Programme in Pallisa District, Uganda
get moved from the office to be displayed in the
library room. In Gogonyo Primary School, the
teacher librarian is reported to have influenced
school management to acquire more storage facilities for the library. In Odepa Primary School,
the Young Talk Club has supplied the school with
additional reading materials which the teacher
librarian ensures that all children access. In Limoto
Primary School, after the training, the books
were transferred from the cupboard in the head
teacher’s office to a separate room where they
were being easily accessed by children. In addition, the teacher librarian, after realizing that
there was no money to buy furniture and could
not keep the books on the ground, improvised
an idea of using the available desks to display
the books.
The study further indicated that following the
training a consciousness of the need for school libraries was aroused amongst teacher librarians,
who in turn influenced school management to
take certain decisions. For example, in Odepa
Primary School, they asked for a new building
to house the school library from the Northern
Uganda Social Action Fund (NUSAF). In Iki-Iki
Primary School, a request for a separate place
for a library was made to the District. This was
after realizing that currently books are kept with
other school items that have enabled termites to
destroy most of the books. In Masenyi Primary
School, they had a plan of calling upon the parents
to provide more shelves. Furthermore, the head
teacher confirmed that the District authorities
were planning to build them a library.
Primary School and Kanginima, following the training manual, the teacher librarians identified and
trained other teachers. It was observed, however,
that not all the teachers were as enthusiastic about
reading promotion because to them this was tedious work to do in addition to their teaching responsibilities. This pointed to a need to find motivational
factors that will assist most teachers to get involved
in reading promotion.
In most cases, however, there were shining examples of collaboration between teachers in terms
of reading promotion as well as sharing responsibility for proper usage of books. Teachers generally ensured that books were collected and
supervised when in use. For instance, in Goli-Goli
Primary School, simple explanations on how to
arrange a library, issue books and replace them
were done by the teacher librarian. In a focus
group discussion conducted among the teachers
in Kitara Primary School, participants indicated
that when the teacher librarian is not available,
he instructs the teachers on duty to take on the
responsibilities. The role of transfer of skills is
important, as specified by the Model School
RUBRICS adopted by the Massachusetts School
Library Media Association (2003) on the duties of
a library teacher or teacher librarian to teach other
teachers and pupils in the use of the library and
resources. Equally the IFLA/UNESCO School
Library Manifesto (IFLA. School Libraries and
Resource Centers Section 2006) stresses the important role that the teacher librarian plays in
ensuring that crucial skills for enabling access to
reading materials are grasped by most teachers
in a school.
Skills Transfer
Most schools recognized the importance of having
more than one teacher with skills to teach and promote reading as well as manage school libraries.
The recognition arose out of the awareness that
teacher transfers, which affect teacher librarians as
well, were a common threat to all schools. Findings of the study reveal that teacher librarians that
had participated in the training were instrumental
in organizing briefing sessions where all teachers
and the head teacher participated. The result was
that in schools such as Katiryo Primary School,
not only was a new culture of opening up a library brought to the school, but the initiative was
equally supported by all the teachers.
In some schools, such as Kalalaka Primary School,
Kamunkoli Mixed Primary School, Masenyi
Reading Skills
An assessment was done of new skills in the use
of books learnt by pupils. Most pupils said that
they now knew how to make use of a contents
page. A group interview with children of Pallisa
Town Primary School indicated knowledge on
how to use tables of contents and references in
the books. In other schools only library prefects
said they knew how to borrow books from the
library. Pupils also knew how to use labels on
books. In some schools, identification of books
on the shelves or browsing through the shelves
was possible. In others, like Katira Primary
School, “you read what the teacher tells you”, one
pupil mentioned. This is mostly done when a
teacher tells pupils during classroom exercises to
use particular books.
145
Elisam Magara and Charles Batambuze
Other children indicated that they knew how to
retrieve books from open shelves. Some children
indicated that they had gained skills in caring for
books so that they are not torn, and in safeguarding books against theft. In one school, one child
indicated that the librarian stops them from going
to the library office. However, teachers teach
them how to read and use tables of contents. The
Massachusetts School Library Media Association
standards (2003) provide for the role of the class
teacher to include helping pupils become skilled
users of information. Indeed, the development of
information literacy skills is an inbuilt strategy in
the School Library Development Policy (Ministry
of Education and Sports 2005) a strategy that is
embraced by many educational services including
the whole-school information literacy by KwaZulu
Natal Department of Education and Culture
(2003). It was noted that it would be necessary in
the future to help teachers so that they can take
children through a whole range of reading skills
to aid both intensive and extensive reading.
Usage of Donated Storybooks
The study assessed whether donated storybooks
were being read, were interesting, relevant, of the
right quality and quantities. Findings indicated that
the books donated had been significantly utilized.
Interviews with children from different schools
showed very high interest in reading. In some
cases children testified to jostling over the limited
copies of books. It was clear from the interviews
that children had improved their reading skills and
could read very well. For instance in Katira and
Goli Goli, responses indicated that pupils were
easily accessing books and this had enabled
them to develop interest in reading and use of the
library. The research team observed a common
trend where the less restrictive the book usage
or library rules were, the more the children used
the books. Schools that permitted usage of the
storybooks are reported to have started reaping
benefits. For example, teachers from Katira and Goli
Goli confirmed that, as a result of reading, school
children had gradually developed better abilities
in comprehension and interpretation of what
is being read. In Pallisa Township and Kabwangasi
Demo, teachers attributed good results in the
English examinations during the primary leaving examinations (PLE) in 2007 partly to the use
of donated storybooks. It was also noted that,
in some schools, pupils could ask to read these
books on their own. In other schools teachers indicated that children could write when receiving
146
dictation, and in other circumstances they could
come out with a readable sentence, which was not
happening before the exposure to storybooks.
The study went further to explore circumstances
under which usage of the storybooks happened.
The following findings were made:
Use during class time
In schools such as Iki Iki, Odepai, and Limoto
storybooks were being read during class time.
Children were not allowed to borrow storybooks
because of the limited numbers. However they
were allowed to borrow textbooks for use at home.
In Goli-Goli Primary School, the school timetable
caters for a library period for every class Primary
1 to 7 while in Kamonkoli Primary School, the
timetable caters for reading lessons for P1–3.
Taking Books Home
In schools like Kanginima Primary School and
Kadimunkoli Primary School, children were
allowed to take books home. This mostly applied
to the day scholars who borrowed and took home
books to read.
Free Time at School
Some children read in their ‘free time’ e.g. during
break and lunch times. In boarding schools such
as Kabwangasi Demo, children borrowed books to
take to the dormitories to read. In Odusai Primary
School, one pupil confirmed that they read under the
tree during reading lessons and at break times.
Borrowing Books for a Period
It was noted that in some schools children were
allowed to borrow a book for some days or weeks.
It was noted that borrowing is encouraged at
the beginning of the term in the 1st–5th weeks.
Unfortunately, in some schools, children were not
able to access the books. A student confirmed that
“in that year [2008], they had not started using
the books in the school”. Others lamented that
“for the whole year, the books were in the head
teacher’s office”.
Use in the Library
In a few circumstances, children confirmed that
they went to the library and read there. However,
some children admitted that there were few seats in
The School Library Development Programme in Pallisa District, Uganda
the library where they could go and read. In some
schools, library books were displayed and children were given the opportunity to choose.
The above comments show some significant contribution of SLDP to the development of a reading
culture in schools. It is clear from the above that
several schools were trying different methods to
facilitate access to storybooks, textbooks and other
learning materials.
Relevance of Donated Books
An inquiry was done to find out from teachers
and teacher librarians the relevance of the storybooks donated by NLU. From the interviews, it
was noted that books like the Monitor Readers
(Monitor Books is a local publishing house) were
favoured by teachers and teacher librarians. Some
popular titles mentioned by children included
The Great Chief, Gulu-Gulu, Don’t Play With Fire
and The Greedy Old Man. Teachers judged most
of the storybooks donated as relevant. Local language readers like Tkosio ka Oliso, an Iteso book,
were favoured by teachers. In all, readers help children to explore more in reading. In some schools,
it was noted that pupils liked storybooks with
pictures or illustrations and big letters. Furthermore, pupils appreciated books with diagrams. To
test the memory of pupils on how best they read,
it was necessary to ask them to indicate which
titles of books in the schools they liked most. The
following are some of the titles mentioned and
the reasons why they were favoured:
• Don’t Play With Fire: Message on HIV/AIDS
• Gulu Gulu Goes to School (8): “Because it is
available in the school”
• Where is the Baby (5): “It has a good story. It
teaches him how to care for the babies. It also
teaches him how to ask and answer questions.”
• The Story of Njabanjabala: “It teaches him
how to avoid bad groups and teaches him how
to behave a good way.”
• Gipin and Labang (2): “Because it teaches him
about behaviour in society”
• Kintu and Nambi (2): “Because it is about the
1st Muganda. You learn the behaviour of early
man.”
(The numbers e.g. 8 in brackets indicate the number
of schools in which the title was favoured.)
It was noted that some storybooks had difficult
words, hence the need for children’s dictionaries.
The books mentioned by teachers were also favoured by children, which shows that teachers
have an influence on what the children read.
Performance of Schools in PLE
for 2006 and 2007
It was important to establish the performance
of schools in the Primary Leaving Examinations
(PLE) in the years 2006 and 2007 to assess whether
the donation of books to schools and the training
conducted could have had an impact directly or
indirectly.
When asked to comment on the performance
in PLE of 2007 compared to that of 2006, head
teachers or their deputies did not see any significant difference in the years. In a few schools, like
Katira, Iki-Iki, and Kagoli there was improvement
in performance. Those who registered better performance in 2007, such as Kamonkoli, Katiryo,
Iki-Iki and Kagoli, cited reading in schools as a
motivator to the year’s performance. In Kamonkoli,
there was better performance in 2007 compared to
earlier years. It is clear that many schools did not
register improved performance in 2007. However,
those schools that had embraced a strong reading program were making progressive improvements in performance. An analysis of the results
in 12 schools where full results were available
shows that their performance was not significantly
different from the overall District performance.
Views on the reasons for poor performance were
diverse and included massive transfers of teachers
from one school to another, which disrupted both
teaching and learning, lack of lunch for the children, etc. No school cited the high pupil to textbook ratios, or the limited supplies of supplementary readers as having contributed to the failure.
The research team was not surprised by this
finding as it confirmed the fact that education in
Uganda is more teacher-centred with resources
such as textbooks and storybooks playing a
supportive role.
Schools Expenditure on Procurement
of Reading Materials
Most of the head teachers said they had a
budget for the procurement of reading materials.
However, many of them did not have actual figures of expenditure. Those who had no budget
147
Elisam Magara and Charles Batambuze
indicated that they received books through the
UPE and DIMP programmes.
Annual expenditure on supplementary readers in
2007 in eleven selected schools with a total enrolment of 11,033 pupils ranged from UGX 150,000
in Kagoli to UGX 400,000 in Kadimunkoli, with
an average of UGX 257,828 or UGX 257 per pupil
per year. The minimum market price for a supplementary reader is about UGX 3,000, so that
the average of UGX 257 per pupil per year is
far less than the cost of one book in the market.
Indeed, the total amount of annual expenditure
in these schools (UGX 2,836,105) would buy an
average of 86 supplementary readers per school
per year, for schools with average enrolments of
1,003 pupils.
The basic requirements of DIMP demand that
10 percent of the total UPE grant be spent on supplementary reading books (Ministry of Education and Sports, 2004:6). In addition, according
to the District Education Officer (DEO) Pallisa,
Mr. Fredsam Kubuule, schools use 25 percent of
UPE funds to cater for other scholastic materials.
He noted that if a head teacher finds a textbook
is lost or destroyed, or wants to add on to the
stock, after consultation with the teachers, he/she
uses the UPE funds to replace lost or damaged
books.
Efforts are in place to add to the stock through the
DIMP programme, but the system needs to change
to take into account the actual cost of books and
aim to acquire at least one supplementary reader
per pupil per year.
Promotion of Reading in Schools
Interviews with head teachers, teacher librarians
and teachers showed that a number of activities
were being deployed to promote reading in the
schools. These activities took into account the
age and class levels of the pupils and included
the following:
Repackaging information from books
Teachers had tried to repackage information from
books into forms like charts which were being
used in class. In some cases, after reading books,
pupils would be asked to dramatize what they had
read. In some schools, reading was encouraged
148
in preparation for debates, which were carried
out weekly.
Reading Clubs
A few schools had formed reading clubs which
helped pupils to organize group readings and talk
about the books they may have read. According
to one respondent, the formation of such groups
enabled children to borrow books and share the
techniques of reading. In addition, some schools
like Kibale Primary School were encouraging
children to write articles about the characters in
the books they read and share them with other
children.
Use of the Library
According to some teachers and teacher librarians,
children practice reading by borrowing readers
from the library. For example, in Kibale Primary
School, it was noted that pupils borrow books
over the weekend and return them on Mondays.
The fact that some children visit the library in their
free time and borrow the books is a good contribution to the promotion of reading. Such practices
enable children to borrow books and develop
abilities to read on their own. Some head teachers
confirmed that children are now trying to use
English as much as possible due to the practice of
using the library. In some schools, like Kabwangasi
Primary School, pupils confirmed that they were
using the library and were familiar with guidance
given by teachers on how to read.
In Gogonyo Primary School, one pupil said that
he can read the labels on books. Other pupils
indicated that they know how to use the contents page to find things in the book. Those who
showed no knowledge said that it was “because
the libraries are not there”. In some schools, like
in Odepai Primary School, a pupil said “they don’t
allow us go to the library—not allowed because
they fear we will steal the books”.
Challenges Hindering the School
Library Development Programme
in Schools
Respondents were required to indicate the problems hindering the SLDP in schools. Most responses indicated that shortage of storage space or
lack of a dedicated library space was the greatest
The School Library Development Programme in Pallisa District, Uganda
challenge to library development. The issue of
shortage of space has been aggravated by the high
enrolments, which are not necessarily matched
by the same level of growth in terms of facilities,
services, books etc.
Respondents further cited several challenges in
the procurement of books and other learning materials under the DIMP programme. For instance,
it was noted that some suppliers produce lists of
books which they don’t have, claiming that they
are out of print and sometimes suggest alternative
titles. At the time of supplying the books, those
ordered are not available The DEO of Pallisa
District corroborated these findings and added
that, “suppliers of text books and supplementary
readers, as well as the printers of books take long
to [supply] books. We always end the financial
year without paying. This means that the funds
meant for buying books end up being sent back
[to the Ministry of Finance].”
Several other stakeholders involved in book procurement agreed that in most cases the capacity of
local suppliers is in doubt, which also affects the
pricing of books. One such stakeholder, the NLU,
acknowledges the problems as follows:
• Finding readers of levels appropriate to the target
group; i.e. the levels indicated on the books
are not automatically readable by the pupils
in those age brackets. We have had to visit the
schools to establish how well the pupils could
read in order to get them the right materials.
• Appropriate books were few on market; i.e. the
titles with the language that suited the pupil’s
ability to read were very few.
• Some titles appearing on the publishers’ lists
were not available in stock. After making selections and forwarding the lists for delivery we
would be asked to change and select from the
available titles. The titles could turn out not
to be within the appropriate levels.
• The process of procurement was prolonged
beyond what we expected because some titles
were out of print or the copies were not enough.
• In some cases we established on delivery that the
quality of the books; i.e. paper, cover or binding was too poor and not suitable for that level
of children. This meant that such books could
not last beyond 5 children and therefore not
serve our purpose. In such cases we resorted to
substituting some books with fresh selections.
• It was a lot of work to record books for the schools
when the titles were not all the same; i.e/we
could not make copies of the same lists throughout as titles tended to vary among schools.
• There were very few books in the indigenous
language.
• We had to establish what kind of books would be
appropriate by visiting the Education Department in Pallisa and discussing with the officers.
• The age range and classes indicated on the publishers’ catalogue were not the appropriate
levels for the pupils of Pallisa so we had to select
books for, e.g. P1 readers for the primary three.
The pre-school books of the alphabet were also
selected for the P1 and P2 levels.
Lack of Purpose Built Libraries
Most schools lack functional libraries. Even where
a library exists, for example in Kabwangasi Demo
School, which shares the library with the Primary
Teachers College (PTC), they demanded their own
library to help all classes.
Shortage of Books in Schools
There are generally inadequate quantities of
books, especially supplementary books. Pallisa
District generally had a textbook to pupil ratio of
1:5 which is well below the national average of 1:3.
In terms of supplementary reading materials, the
situation was even worse because of the limited
emphasis on the procurement of these kinds of
books by government. Teachers indicated that the
pricing of books was way out of reach for most
rural schools and this would certainly affect the
collection sizes in the schools.
Lack of Opportunities for Training
According to the DEO, school staff establishments
do not provide for the employment of a librarian in
schools. It is the duty of the head teacher to identify
a teacher to undertake the additional responsibility of running a library or managing the school’s
book collection. It is clear that the need to induct
these teacher librarian appointees in skills to manage libraries and establish and manage vibrant
school based reading programmes is paramount.
Teachers noted that there were no opportunities
open to them to get training in this crucial area.
Summary
The school library development project undertaken by NABOTU in Pallisa District succeeded in
149
Elisam Magara and Charles Batambuze
many ways. The programme inducted teachers from
the beneficiary schools in different skills and, as
the findings have shown, quite a number of teachers have deployed the skills learnt in different ways.
The study also found that school children were now
being taught crucial skills for using books. The findings also showed improvements in providing or
creating opportunities for children to access books.
A number of schools have devised new activities
for promoting reading including formation of
reading clubs. There are still a number of challenges that schools need to overcome, such as lack
of facilities (buildings) and funds for continually
stocking and restocking school libraries or collections and the need for continuous skills development for teacher librarians who are appointed to
the role without any specialized training.
Conclusion
From the above observations, it can be concluded
that the current state of libraries in the schools
surveyed in Pallisa District is inadequate, and this
has affected reading promotion. However, the
interventions made under the School Library Development Programme (SLDP) with regard to
training of teachers and donation of books have
had a positive influence on the beneficiary schools’
reading programmes. It is clear that a programme
designed and focused on improving school libraries, training teachers and helping schools
with stocking of relevant storybooks would go
a long way in providing a good environment for
reading promotion and improving on the quality
of education.
Recommendations
Given the foregoing observations and conclusions,
the study makes the following recommendations:
• Government should consider a teacher training curriculum that takes into account the key
skills of teaching reading methods, promoting
reading and managing school libraries.
• Districts working with Centre Coordinating
Tutors could implement an in-service training programme for teachers already in service
training them in the above skills.
• There is a need to adopt a balanced budget ratio
for buying textbooks and supplementary reading materials. The current emphasis on textbooks needs to shift in order to accommodate
more supplementary reading materials that
would improve the culture of reading.
Building and Strengthening Cooperation
and Networks
• Districts should improve supervision and
monitoring to ensure that the support given to
schools is put to effective use.
• Publishers and suppliers of books should ensure that the titles provided on their lists are
available or else utilize the Uganda Book Sellers Association (UBA) and Uganda Publishers
Association (UPA) network to ensure that the
right materials are supplied.
• Publishers need to make additional investments in developing reading materials in the
local languages.
• Government should revise or improve on the
UPE guidelines to include the duties of a teacher
and head teacher aspects of promoting reading
in schools.
Acknowledgements
This study was financed with funds provided by
the Guust van Wesemael Literacy Prize, awarded
by IFLA to the National Book Trust of Uganda
in 2007.
Representatives of Stakeholders Contacted
150
Enhancing the Development of School Libraries
Mr. Fredsam, Kibuule, DEO Pallisa District
• Government needs to discuss and implement
the School Library for Development Policy to
guide the development of school libraries.
• Government, through its facilities grant, should
construct school libraries along with classroom blocks.
• There is a need to recruit qualified librarians or
teacher librarians who have a library qualification
to run school libraries and school based reading
programmes.
Mr. Cosmas, Musagalumbwa Coordinating Centre
Tutor (CCT) Butebo, Petete Sub Country
Ms Stella Nekuusa, Senior Librarian, NLU (Coordinator of Book Donation)
Mr. Robert Kayiki, Uganda Library and Information
Association (Coordinator of Training)
Mr. David Kibuuka, Chairman Uganda Publishers
Association (UPA)
The School Library Development Programme in Pallisa District, Uganda
Name of the school
Head teachers or their deputies
Teacher librarians, teachers
or stock master/mistress
Gogonyo P/S
Oitenge C.
Emorut Philp
Goli-Goli
Nyulya Debra
Bagaya David
Iki-Iki Integrated
Nadeera Jane Kojjo
Kateu Peter
Kabwangasi Demo School
Kabuna Sam
Muyiga Jane
Kabwangasi P/S
Tayya J. B.
Okurutu J
Kadimunkoli P/S
Kibale Sumba
Walikweramuki Moses
Kagoli P/S
Ochien E.
Mwa-Mwiza Joseph
Kalaka P/S
Aisu
Talya D.
Kamonkoli Mixed School
Nkidangha F. Jane
Sasula Samuel
Kanginima P/S
Lipoto Patrick
Magola Amosi
Katira P/S
Njaye Edith
Buba Abasi
Katiryo P/S
Kalunga Kalim and Kadamba Micheal
Soikya Joseph
Kibale P/S
Opedun Clement
Olipot L
Limoto P/S
Ochilamer C.
Achadu Richard
Nalufuya P/S
Omuult Mary
Nampike Enok
Nasenyi P/S
Kabuna G. Michel
Woniaye Chrisopher
Odepai P/S
Emanutu
Ochani D.
Odusai P/S
Muron Jane Peter
Olyabong Charlse
Pallisa Township
Nabesha Idi
NA
Tirinya P/S
Kaga John
Namutebi Rose
Table 2. Contact persons in schools.
References
IFLA. School Libraries and Resource Centre Section.
(2006) IFLA/UNESCO School Library Manifesto.
www.ifla.org/VII/s11/pubs/manifest.htm (Accessed
4/28/2008]
KwaZulu-Natal Department of Education and Culture.
(2003) Directorate: Education Library Information and
Technology Services. School Library Policy.
Magara, E. and Batambuze, C. (2005) Towards a reading
culture for Uganda. African Journal of Library, Archives
and Information Science, 15(1): 35–42.
Magara, E. and Bukirwa, N. Joyce. (2004) Towards a School
Library Development Policy for Uganda. Library
Review, 53(6): 313–322.
Massachusetts School Library Media Association.
(2003) Massachusetts School Library Media Program
Standards for 21ST Century Learning, http://www.
mslma.org/whoweare/standards/standardsrev.pdf
Massachusetts School Library Media Association.
(2002) Model School RUBRICS. Adopted by the
MSLMA Board May 2002. http://maschoolibraries.
org/dmdocuments/rubric.pdf
Ministry of Education and Sports. (2004) Decentralised
Instructional Materials (DIMP): Management Handbook for School and Districts. Kampala: MoES.
Ministry of Education and Sports. (2005) School Library
Development Policy: Final Draft, Technical Committee
on the School Library Development Policy, MoES.
Uganda Library and Information Association. (2006)
Training teachers-librarians to manage book collections
and promote reading: course handbook, Pallisa.
151
Information Literacy in Students Entering Higher
Education in the French Speaking Community
of Belgium: lessons learned from an evaluation
Paul Thirion
Bernard Pochet
Abstract
Although universities are providing more and more information literacy
training for their undergraduate students, the students’ real level of information literacy at the beginning of their studies has never been assessed.
Hence EduDOC has decided to team up with the CIUF ‘Library’ Commission in order to organize a wide study aiming at objectively describing
this initial level of information literacy, at identifying the students’ main
weaknesses, as well as allowing instructors to adjust their training on
this basis. The questionnaire was based on a similar study carried out in
Québec and contains 20 questions grouped in five themes relating to information search steps. It was sent in September 2007 to a random sample
of students entering a higher education institution in the French Speaking
Community of Belgium for the first time. The students’ rather poor results
confirm that organizing an information literacy program is imperative if
students are to perform well in their studies.
Keywords: information literacy; university students; evaluation; French
language; Belgium
Introduction
Going to a library or even having a library in a school clearly influences the students’ school results, as was demonstrated already in
1990 (Line 1990; Lance 1994; Lance et al. 2004). Moreover several
scientific studies, e.g. Todd (1995), more recently Poll (2006) and
Zmuda and Harada (2008), as well as Coulon in France (Coulon
1997; Coulon et al. 1999), have shown explicitly that the students’
success in college is partly linked to their skills in retrieving information. Those studies have yet to be confirmed (Thirion 2004).
While their computer skills are developing clearly and at an everyounger age, students are still unable to retrieve valid, quality
information that can support their assignments during their undergraduate studies. As this ability to be critical and independent in the
search for information seems to be the one asset needed for students
to succeed in college, several head librarians in higher education
have created proper information literacy training, which is often
part of the curriculum (Pochet 2004).
About the Authors: page 170
152
As the objective initial level of the students’ information skills is
not known, the instructor can only use his subjective perception
of their levels. In order to objectively describe the students’ levels,
the ‘Library’ Commission of the CIUF (Interuniversity Council of the
French Speaking Community of Belgium) and the EduDOC Group
decided to assess the students’ levels when they entered higher
education in the French Speaking Community of Belgium. This
study also allows international comparisons.
I F LA
Copyright © 2009 Author. IFLA Journal 35(2): 152–170.
ISSN: 0340-0352. DOI: 10.1177/0340035209105671
Information Literacy in the French Speaking Community of Belgium
This study was based on a 2002 Québec survey
organized by CREPUQ (Conference of Rectors and Principals of Quebéc Universities) and
headed by Diane Mittermeyer and Diane Quirion
(Mittermeyer and Quirion 2003; Mittermeyer
2005). The aim of the Québec survey was first
to determine incoming students’ information literacy skills so as to identify their needs and to provide more appropriate services, and secondly
to provide university libraries with reliable data to
support recommendations for the integration of
information literacy courses into the university
curriculum.
The questionnaire was elaborated in French and
in English and was based on the process of information searching defined in five steps. It contains
20 questions grouped under five themes (Table 1)
and one area for open comments.
The Québec study targeted students entering fifteen universities in Québec (twelve French-speaking
and three English-speaking), i.e. about 40,000 students. During July 2002, 5381 questionnaires were
sent by regular mail to students, who had the opportunity to win a PC or Palm computer if they filled
out the survey – not a negligible incentive.
• to gain objective information about the information skills of students entering higher education in the French Speaking Community of
Belgium
• to allow instructors to confront their subjective
perceptions with the objective reality measured
by the survey
Themes
1. Concept Identification
2. Search Strategy
3. Document Types
4. Search Tools
5. Use of results
The CIUF-EduDOC Survey
When setting up this survey, the CIUF ‘Library’ Commission and the EduDOC Group were following
four main objectives, some of them similar to the
Québec survey:
Questions #
Concept studied
4
Significant words
8
Significant words
13
Significant words
2
Translation into keywords
9
Boolean operator ‘OR’
11
Search indexes
12
Controlled vocabulary
16
Boolean operator ‘AND’
3
Encyclopedias
15
Periodicals
20
Scholarly journals
1
Databases
6
Search engines
7
Library catalogues
14
Metasearch engines
17
Library catalogues
5
Reading citation
10
Bibliographies
18
Evaluation of information (Internet)
19
Ethical use of information
Table 1. Themes and questions of the survey (from Mittermeyerand Quirion 2003).
153
Paul Thirion and Bernard Pochet
• to identify the students’ weaknesses so that instructors can offer proper training
• and finally to make comparisons at an international level with Québec, but also, when their
results are available, with the six European
countries (Austria, Denmark, Finland, Greece,
Italy and Sweden) which are also using the
Québec questionnaire within the framework
of ENIL (European Network for Information
Literacy) although limiting their study to a few
disciplines).
The board of the EduDOC Group decided to carry
out the survey in January 2006 and to include
all the higher education institutions (including
art education). The CIUF ‘Library’ Commission
quickly joined the project (February 2006).
Working Hypotheses
We identified seven major hypotheses to be assessed in the survey:
1. The performance level of first-year students
entering higher education in the French Speaking Community of Belgium is very low. It is no
different from the students’ level in Québec.
2. The information literacy level of university students does not differ significantly from that of
students in other higher education institutions.
3. Having an Internet connection at home impacts
the students’ performance level, and this impact cannot be reduced to the socio-economic
background of the family.
4. Being a user of a library or a documentation
center during secondary school increases the
performance level.
5. The performance level is independent of the
choice of studies.
6. The performance level is independent of the
time needed to access higher education.
7. Selecting a ‘strong’ school option (6 hours or
more a week) at the end of secondary school
influences the performance level, whether the
orientation be in mathematics, science, second
language, or French (mother tongue).
Questionnaire
In order to allow comparisons with the Québec
situation and in order to answer the first hypothesis, we barely modified the original questionnaire (available in both English [p.77] and French
154
[p. 87] in Mittermeyer and Quirion 2003, available
online at http://crepuq.qc.ca/documents/bibl/
formation/studies_Ang.pdf). The changes were
rather adaptations to the Belgian context (the
words ‘Canada’ were replaced with ‘Belgium’, and
‘Tremblay’ became ‘Tolkien’, a character more
familiar to francophone Belgians). For each of
the 20 questions of the questionnaire, respondents
had to choose among multiple-choice responses.
For the first sixteen questions, only one answer
was to be chosen; for the last four, multiple responses were possible and expected. For these
four questions (nos. 17 to 20), the response was
considered as ‘good’ if all the correct answers were
selected. The students’ performance level is measured in terms of the number of correct responses
given to the 20 questions, and may thus range
from 0–20.
To be able to verify the various hypotheses, preliminary questions were added. They aimed at
defining the student sample (school orientation,
secondary education history, parents’ education,
Internet connection at home, etc.), but the questionnaire remained strictly anonymous. Finally
the questionnaire layout was modified so that it
could be read automatically and optically (OMR),
which speeded up the data collection and minimized the risk of transcription errors. The detail
of the French questionnaire used can be viewed in
the summary report of the study at: http://www.
edudoc.be/synthese.pdf.
A pretest was conducted in September 2006 with
around 100 students, who were given slightly
modified versions of the survey. The students
were also interviewed individually so as to
pin down possible comprehension problems.
The questionnaire layout was consequently
improved.
Collaborations
In March 2007, a letter was sent to all the directors
of universities and higher education institutions to
present the study and to request their participation approval. In some cases the request was
backed by ‘pool’ leaders, an association grouping
higher education institutions (universities and
others) inside a geographical area.
All together 31 institutions agreed to participate:
eight of the nine universities, eighteen of the 26
higher education institutions, two music schools,
Information Literacy in the French Speaking Community of Belgium
two art colleges, and the Royal Military School. This
participation rate was extremely satisfactory, all
the more that the participating institutions had
to take on some of the expenses (mailing the
questionnaires to the students selected in their
institutions). It reflected the institutions’ concern
about their students’ success and the strategies
that can be put in place to improve this success.
The information supplied by our questionnaire
was of real interest to them.
Methodology
One contact person was designated in each institution in order to coordinate the survey locally.
The sampling method was also defined so that the
sampling was similar in all institutions: random
selection of one first-year student entering higher
education out of five in the alphabetical registration lists as of 17 September 2007.
To increase the participation rate, an incentive was
added: the students could win one sponsored PC
if they answered the questionnaire and their name
was drawn.
The questionnaire was sent by mail to the students’
residences between 30 September and 15 October,
i.e. early enough to avoid the risk of students
being exposed to information literacy training in
their institutions. The envelopes contained an explanatory letter signed by the rector or president
of the institution, the strictly anonymous survey form, an envelope with ‘postage paid by the
recipient’, and a participation form to win the
PC. The deadline to send back the survey was
November 2007.
In some institutions some slight procedure differences were observed: in one of them the questionnaires were handed out to the students instead
of being mailed; in another, the questionnaires
were filled in while the students were gathered
in a lecture hall. Other institutions or parts of
institutions did not have enough information
about the students’ backgrounds and could not
identify, in the preselection, true first-year college
students from those who had possibly spent one
year in a different higher education institution
prior to enrolling in their institution. However the
questionnaire had been designed so that false firstyear students could be removed at a later stage.
Finally, one smaller institution that nevertheless
wanted to have specific results requested to send
the questionnaire to all first-year students so as to
have enough answers for the statistics.
Sample Description
The response rate was particularly satisfying –
probably due to the attractive incentive – since
1868 out of the 4388 questionnaires sent were
returned, i.e. a 42.57 percent response rate (in
Québec the response rate had been 56.9 percent). During the control stage 150 questionnaires were removed from the sample because
they had been filled out by students who had
already enrolled in a previous higher education
institution and thus did not meet the ‘first-year
student ‘definition. Moreover, three questionnaires
were removed because they were not properly
filled out (mostly no answers or random answers
not complying with the instructions) and only
reflected the students’ desire to win the raffled
computer. After the validation procedure the number of questionnaires taken into account was
1715, i.e. a real participation rate of 41.2 percent
for universities and 36.2 percent for other higher
education institutions and art schools.
The average age of responding students was
18 years and 10 months, and the majority of them
(93.2 percent) had studied in a secondary school
in the French Speaking Community of Belgium.
It is not possible to claim that the sample is perfectly representative of all first-year students in
higher education in the French Speaking Community of Belgium. Some elements are, however,
reassuring. First more than two out of every
three higher education institutions and eight out
of nine universities participated in the survey;
they respected the random selection procedure
rigorously and had a high response rate. According to the latest available official figures from
the Conseil des Recteurs francophones de Belgique
(CREF) and Etnic (the general IT service of the
Education Department of the French Community of Belgium).1 the 985 university students
who took part in our survey represent 6.0 percent of the 12,798 first-year university students.
For the remaining students 716 questionnaires
were validated, representing 3.7 percent of the
19,577 first-year students mentioned in the Etnic
statistics for 2003–2004.
The students’ distribution in various university
study programs indicated in our survey is similar
155
Paul Thirion and Bernard Pochet
to the CREF statistics (Figure 1), though with a
higher proportion of students in life and applied
sciences and a lower proportion in social, economic, or political science.
Performance Level and Socio-Economic
Background of the Family
As recommended in the literature, the socio-cultural
background of the students’ families was assessed
on the basis of the mother’s educational level. This
allowed linking the students’ performance level
with the Socio-Economic Background of their
Families (SEBF).
The students’ performance means, measured in
terms of the number of correct responses to the
questionnaire, ranged from 6.7 for students whose
mothers did not graduate from elementary school
to 8.5 for those whose mothers who graduated
from university after 4 or more years (Figure 2).
The analysis of variance shows a statistically very
significant difference in the results of students
according to their mother’s level of education
(p < 0.0000001). A post hoc test (Scheffé) indicated
that having a mother who was educated at the
level of university studies (associate or bachelortype degrees) made the biggest difference. The
SEBF thus plays an important role in the students’
information literacy. It should be mentioned that
the fathers’ education level gives similar results
but with a smaller range of difference.
Hypotheses Assessment
Hypothesis 1: The Performance Level of Firstyear Students Entering Higher Education in
the French Speaking Community of Belgium
is Very Low. It is no Different from the
Students’ Level in Québec
As noted above, the performance level of individual students was measured in terms of the
number of correct responses to the 20 questions
on the questionnaire. The mean of the results for
all the participants is called the ‘global mean’ to
the questionnaire and is very low, with a global
mean of 7.67/20 and a perfect Gaussian distribution (Figure 3).
A high proportion – 92.8 percent of all the students – scored less than 12 out of 20 – which is
often considered as the minimum grade to pass a
course. The global mean is 1.3 percentage points
lower than that in the Québec survey. If only
university students are taken into account, this
difference is still present, but is reduced to 0.84 percentage points. One explanation for this could be
the difference in the students’ history. In Belgium,
students enter university right after graduating
from secondary school (6 years). In Québec, after
graduating from secondary school (5 years),
students attend two years of preparatory school
(Collège d’enseignement général et professionnel –
Cégep), where they may receive information literacy training.
Figure 1. Comparison by orientation between the sample and CREF data (university first-year students).
156
Information Literacy in the French Speaking Community of Belgium
Figure 2. Mean line graph in relation with the education level of the mother.
Figure 3. Students’ distribution based on correct answers.
157
Paul Thirion and Bernard Pochet
Figure 4. Mean performance level ranked by theme for Belgian and Quebec students.
An ‘uncertainty rate’ was calculated on the basis of
“no answer” and “I don’t know” answers. The mean
uncertainty rate is 12.23 percent. The same calculation applied to the Québec survey data indicated that Québec students not only answered
more questions correctly, but also with more certainty (uncertainty rate: 10.53 percent).
If we compare the results in Belgium and in Québec
regarding the themes (Figure 4), we see that the
result-based ranking is similar. The best known
themes are ‘Concept Identification’ (same as Québec
students) and ‘Document Types’ (with Belgian students performing slightly better than Québec
students). The remaining three themes confirm
that the Belgian students’ level is very weak and
significantly lower than the Québec students’ level
(differences ranging from 7 to 14 percent). The
least successful theme was ‘Use of Results’.
Hypothesis 2: The Performance Level is not
Significantly Different in Universities and
Other Higher Education Institutions
Both distributions are normal. The mean performance level of the 985 university students is
8.13 with a standard deviation of 2.46, while for
158
the 716 non-university students the mean is 7.05
with a standard deviation of 2.32. A student’s
t test to compare the means (Figure 5) indicates a
very significant difference between the two groups
(p < 0.0000001).
The performance levels of the two groups are
thus significantly different and this goes against
our hypothesis. Nevertheless the range of the difference between the two groups is limited since it
is only a little more than 1 percentage point. Multiple regression analysis reveals that the difference
cannot be explained by the mother’s socio-cultural
background (measured through her educational
level).
The same difference can be observed when it
comes to the various themes (Table 2).
Hypothesis 3: Having an Internet Connection
at Home Impacts the Students’ Performance
Level, which is not Entirely Dependent on the
Socio-Economic Background of the Family
(SEBF)
Although a vast majority of students entering higher education have Internet at home (94.2 percent
Information Literacy in the French Speaking Community of Belgium
Figure 5. Mean graph for university and non-university students.
Figure 6. Comparison of means between students who have Internet at home and those who have not.
159
Paul Thirion and Bernard Pochet
Variable
Mean
others
Mean
univ.
ld
t value
p
N
N
others univ.
SD
others
SD
univ.
Theme 1 1.483240 1.698477 –5.40699 1699
0.000000
716
985
0.828512
0.797256
Theme 2 1.455307 1.760406 –6.02057
1699
0.000000
716
985
0.973473
1.072312
Theme 3 1.441341 1.591878 –4.82228
1699
0.000000
716
985
0.700186
0.584292
Theme 4 1.780726 1.884264 –2.23675
1699
0.025432
716
985
0.877516
0.987115
Theme 5 0.886872 1.197970
1699
0.000000
716
985
0.824313
0.910863
–7.23556
Table 2. Comparison for each theme between university and non-university students.
responded positively to the question), a statistical
comparison remains possible (n high enough, normal distributions, and variance homosedasticity).
The performance mean for students having an
Internet connection at home is 7.68, whereas it is
7.56 for those not having a connection (Figure 6).
The mean comparison test reveals that there is no
significant difference (t = 0.43; p = 0.665). Thus,
having an Internet connection at home does not
improve the students’ performance. The possible
link with the SEBF is irrelevant.
Hypothesis 4: Being a User of a Library or
a Documentation Center During Secondary
School Increases the Performance Level
A first observation is comforting: students – at least
those who later register in college – seem to go to
a library more regularly than expected. Indeed
51.1 percent of the sample students declared they
went to the library at least four times a year during
their secondary studies, while 20.7 percent even
answered that they went more than 10 times a
year (Figure 7).
It is remarkable that the average performance in
the survey increases with the number of times
students went to the library in secondary school
(Figure 8). The average performance mean ranges
from 7.13 for students who never go to the library
(group A) to 8.24 for those who go more than
10 times a year (group D). The variance analysis shows that this influence is very significant
(p < 0.0000001).
Hypothesis 5: The Performance Level is
Independent of the Choice of Studies
One of the preliminary survey questions requested
students to indicate in a list of 10 categories which
higher studies they had chosen to pursue.
The variance analysis shows that this variable
has a very significant impact (p > 0.0000001). The
performance level is thus not independent of the
choice of studies (Figure 9).
On average, students who choose to study history, philosophy, or languages start their studies
with a much higher information literacy level
(8.45) than those (elementary and middle school
teachers) who begin education degrees (6.90). Fortunately the latter group now receives a 15-hour
information literacy training program, as part
of the curriculum, which was made compulsory
through a ministerial decision in 2000.
Hypothesis 6: The Performance Level is
Independent of the Time Needed to Access
Higher Education
Figure 7. Students’ distribution based on the
number of times students went to the library
during secondary education.
160
We did not take into account the time between
graduation from secondary school and the
beginning of university studies as some students
Information Literacy in the French Speaking Community of Belgium
Figure 8. Link between the results and the number of times students go to the library during
secondary education.
Figure 9. Mean performance level by choice of studies.
161
Paul Thirion and Bernard Pochet
Figure 10. Mean graph illustrating the time needed to access higher education.
spend that time abroad. Apparently 69.1 percent
of students graduated from elementary and
secondary school without failing any grade (with
3.7 percent of students even being ahead of their
grade).
However, 29.9 percent (513 students) had to resit at
least one time during secondary school, and three
students were up to five years behind their peers.
The variance analysis shows that the time taken to
complete primary and secondary education successfully has a very significant impact (Figure 10).
We cannot draw conclusions from the very limited
number of students who were in extreme situations
(three students who were five years behind their
peers, three who were two years ahead, and one
who was three years ahead of their peers), but in
general the performance level seems to be linked
to the number of years needed to graduate from
secondary school.
Hypothesis 7: Selecting a ‘Strong’ School
Option (6 hours or more a week) at the
End of Secondary School Influences the
Performance Level, Whether the Orientation
be in Mathematics, Science, Second Language,
or French (mother tongue)
During their studies, students in the French
Speaking Community of Belgium can customize
162
their schedules so as to receive more or less instruction in certain topics. A weekly 6-hour course
is considered as a ‘strong’ school option.
Comparing the performance means (Table 3)
shows that students who chose a ‘strong’ Latin
option in the final year of secondary school performed significantly better than the others in the
survey. The same holds true for those who selected
a science or mathematics ‘strong’ option.
A multiple regression analysis confirms that the
mathematics option has the most impact, followed
by Latin and language arts. The science option, however, does not significantly impact the model.
Figure 11 shows the mean increase in the results,
depending on the weekly number of hours of
mathematics instruction attended by the students.
Even if we ignore extremes (very small numbers)
we clearly see that the performance in the survey
is linked to the number of hours of mathematics
instruction attended in secondary school.
When we have a look at the number of ‘strong’
school options selected by the students, we clearly
see that 42.6 percent of the students never had
a ‘strong’ school option in the final year of secondary school, 29.6 percent had one such option,
26.6 percent even had two, and 1.2 percent claimed
to have had three (20 students).
Information Literacy in the French Speaking Community of Belgium
Concerned
students (%)
Mean
Difference
Statistical
significance
3.3
8.82 (vs. 7.63)*
1.19
p = 0.000377
Mathematics
36.7
8.24 (vs. 7.34)
0.90
p < 0.000001
Science
41.3
7.96 (vs. 7.47)
0.49
p = 0.000062
8.12 (vs. 7.6)
0.52
p = 0.076837
Not significant
‘Strong’ school option (≥ 6 h/week
in final year of secondary school)
Latin
French (mother tongue)
5.1
Table 3. Comparisons of means for each ‘strong’ school option.
Note: * The mean for students who did not select that orientation is between parentheses.
Figure 11. Mean graph illustrating the students’ mathematics instruction.
Figure 12. Comparison of means depending on the “strong” school options selected in secondary school.
163
Paul Thirion and Bernard Pochet
Here again the variance analysis (Figure 12) shows
a very significant effect of the variant (p < 0.0000001).
Having one ‘strong’ school option in the final year
of secondary school increases the performance,
having two is even better.
Analyses by Themes and Questions
Globally the various questions can be classified
into two groups (Figure 13): The questions that
yielded mostly incorrect answers (less than 35 percent of correct answers) and those that yielded
mostly correct answers (more than 55 percent of
correct answers). Extremes are particularly distant since they differ by up to 85 percent of correct
answers (Question 1 and Question 15: their results
will be developed in theme 3 and 4).
Similarly a great difference is to be noticed in the
level of uncertainty. It is extremely low for some
questions but incredibly high for others – beyond
50 percent for questions 12 and 14.
Theme 1: Concept Identification
The three questions in this theme offered various
combinations of keywords among which the
students had to select the most appropriate association. This was the most successful theme,
with a global performance mean of 56.3 percent
(Figure 14). The very low rate of uncertainty proves
that the students were confident about their answers in this theme. However one question yielded
many fewer good answers (26.1 percent) than
the other two. This can probably be explained by
the students’ poor grasp of the word ‘effet’ (effect),
an empty word that many students keep on using
in their search. The results are close to those obtained in Québec (34.7 percent, 64.3 percent, and
62.8 percent).
Theme 2: Search Strategy
In this theme (Figure 15) Question 2, which involves
translating concepts into keywords, yields the
best results (72.4 percent). This is also true in the
Québec survey (85.8 percent). The question that
yielded the lowest proportion of correct answers was Question 12, a question about controlled
vocabulary and thesaurus (10.7 percent vs. 12.6
percent in Québec).
Most students do not know the meaning of a technical term such as ‘thesaurus’ when they enter higher
164
education, and a high level of uncertainty (50.5 percent) confirms this. This theme also underscores
how poorly students use Boolean search operators.
For Question 9 about the ‘OR’ operator, the percentage of correct answers is only 26.7 percent
(27.5 percent in Québec). For Question 16 about
the ‘AND’ operator, the percentage of correct answers is 33.8 percent, much lower than in Québec
(61.1 percent). We are appalled to see that such a
basic operator is so little known by students. The
responses to Question 11 also reveal the Belgian
students’ lack of comprehension of the various
indexes available in regular search tools (confusion between the Author and Topic indexes). This
was even more obvious in the Québec survey
(29 percent).
Theme 3: Document Types
Periodicals (Question 15) and encyclopedias
(Question 3) are well known (88.3 and 59.0 percent respectively), seemingly even better than
in Québec (73.7 and 50.0 percent). However
the specific characteristics of scholarly journals
(Question 20) are hardly known (5.5 percent of
correct answers), and the rate of uncertainty is
high (Figure 16). More than one third of those answering the question confused scholarly journals
with broad-audience scientific magazines. In
Québec students seemed to recognize the characteristics of scholarly journals better (14.0 percent).
Theme 4: Search Tools
This theme covers the main search tools (Figure 17).
As could be expected, the best-known tools (77.8
percent) are search engines (Question 6). On the
other hand metasearch engines (Question 14)
yield fewer correct answers (24.3 percent) with
a very high uncertainty level (60.7 percent) – in
fact the highest uncertainty level of the study. The
percentage of correct answers to this question is
much lower than in Québec (52.4 percent).
The catalog function ‘to find a book’ (Question 17)
was properly understood by 60.8 percent of
students, but the method of using it efficiently
(Question 7) was less obvious.
Finally the basic notion of ‘bibliographic database’ (Question 1) is totally absent (2.7 percent) –
the lowest score in the whole survey. Yet the
uncertainty level nears 0, which proves that the students wrongly assumed that they know the answer.
In this question, students were expected to retrieve
Information Literacy in the French Speaking Community of Belgium
Figure 13. Ratio of correct answers and uncertainty level for the 20 questions.
165
Paul Thirion and Bernard Pochet
Figure 14. Ratio of correct answers and uncertainty levels for theme 1.
Figure 15. Ratio of correct answers and uncertainty levels for theme 2.
Figure 16. Ratio of correct answers and uncertainty levels for theme 3.
166
Information Literacy in the French Speaking Community of Belgium
Figure 17. Ratio of correct answers and uncertainty levels for theme 4.
Figure 18. Ratio of correct answers and uncertainty levels for theme 5.
a journal article first in a bibliographic database,
but most of them firmly suggested to use Google
or Yahoo, or to consult magazines or even television programs. This concept was better understood
by Québec students (28.0 percent).
Theme 5: Use of Results
This theme yielded the least proportion correct results of the survey (Figure 18) with only a 26.6 percent average (vs. 40.9 percent in Québec). The role
of bibliography (Question 10) seems to be understood (57.0 percent vs. 77.7 percent in Québec),
but the correct interpretation of bibliographical
references (Figure 18), which is a more academic
competence, remains vague (21.3 percent with an
uncertainty level of 25.8 percent).
Criteria for the assessment of Internet information
(Question 18) are also hazy (13.4 percent vs. 22.9 percent in Québec). Over 15 percent of responding
students indicated that the speed of accessing an
Internet website is proof of quality!
Finally students hardly know the concepts of ethics
and copyright (Question 19). Only 14.8 percent of
167
Paul Thirion and Bernard Pochet
students know that they should always mention
their sources (27.4 percent in Québec).
Additional Comments
The questionnaire gave the possibility to add a
personal comment after answering the questions.
217 students (12.6 percent of the sample) used that
section (25 percent in Québec).
Beside eight students’ comments mentioning their
wish to win the computer (!), the comments can
be classified in four main groups.
‘Positive’ to ‘very positive’ opinions were recorded
by 56 percent of respondents, among whom one
third (40 students) said that the questionnaire
helped them to realize how weak their information literacy was, expressed the wish to have information literacy training in secondary school
or in higher education, and suggested to improve
library and information access as well as to hand
out guidebooks or manuals.
Twenty-three percent of students commented on
their personal practice in information retrieval,
which could explain their low information literacy
level (use only Internet, no access to a library in
secondary school, believe the help of a competent
person is enough, etc.).
Rather negative comments were made by 17 percent of respondents (38 students), in that students
found the questions difficult or even claimed
that they had wasted their time by filling out the
questionnaire.
Four percent declared that they would have to go
to the library now that they have entered a higher
education institution and that this will condition
their success in their studies.
Conclusions and Perspectives
Even if the results should be interpreted with
caution because of the questionnaire-based methodology, they nevertheless indicate that the information literacy level of students entering higher
education in the French Speaking Community
of Belgium is low – even lower than that of the
Québec students. The interpretation of these
results needs to be in line with the objectives
168
pursued when the questionnaire was designed.
Under no circumstances should they be used to
draw hasty conclusions or to stigmatize students
entering higher education by labeling them as
‘hopeless’ or ‘incompetent’ – as some media have
quickly done. Our objective with this baseline is
to measure the gap between the performance level
expected of students when they enter higher
education and their real level, so that appropriate
training policy can be decided and thus allow
students to meet the sometimes implicit requirements of higher education.
Our survey thus confirms that students generally
trust the Internet to perform information searches.
They know that the selection of appropriate vocabulary is necessary, and they also have a basic
knowledge of several simple tools and documents.
However they ignore or cannot use other critical
tools, such as Boolean operators, confidently and
lack understanding of other more specialized notions that are rather academic skills (thesaurus,
scholarly journals, bibliographical lists, etc.). They
have a naïve and erroneous, sometimes even dangerous, conception of the organization and functioning of the main information tools (Internet search
engines, catalogs, bibliographical databases, etc.).
Finally they have not learned to respect the basic
principles of copyright or to have a critical approach
to information.
A certain number of factors with a significant
incidence on the students’ information retrieval
performance were isolated, such as the socioeconomic background of the family or some elements in the students’ school background. Acting to change the students’ education or family
background is very difficult, if not impossible.
However, acting at the society level – by setting
up libraries and encouraging students to go to
the library – is both possible and desirable, since
actively using library resources significantly impacts the students’ information literacy level.
Unfortunately little importance is given to school
libraries in the French Speaking Community
of Belgium. The belief that having an Internet
connection at home is enough to magically improve the level of information literacy turns out
to be wrong, probably because this Internet access
does not come together with the right preparation
or guidance.
These results confirm that an important effort
in information literacy training is mandatory if
Information Literacy in the French Speaking Community of Belgium
students are to perform at the expected level in
higher education. This training should focus on
search strategies and use of results; these two
fields seem to be the most challenging. Specialized tools should also be at the core of the training
since they are critical in higher education studies
and, above all, in university studies.
We are not trying here to set the Internet in opposition to the libraries’ own information resources.
The objective is to be sure that each student, each
citizen, has the possibility to use all the available
quality information most efficiently and most
critically, regardless of its form, both in libraries and
on the Internet, in order to use it successfully.
We believe this effort should start in secondary
school, where having a computer laboratory with
an Internet connection is simply not enough. Students need to be prepared as early as possible in
order to navigate the huge mass of information,
whose codes and characteristics are unknown to
them. Also they need to be trained to be critical
by comparing different sources and by giving them
tools to assess their relevance.
The questionnaire used in the survey only reveals
a part of the needs in terms of information literacy.
To complete the data we need to assess in practical terms the students’ perceptions of their own
needs, as well as those of the professors. Finally, it
is essential to describe objectively the competences
that are really needed to perform pedagogical
tasks. As we know, the need for autonomy and efficiency in information retrieval and use, which
is explicitly stated by some educators or in some
institutions’ pedagogical projects, is not always
required in practice.
Thus we have to look at the activities that require
information skills, assess the information literacy
training that is given to complete these activities
and to meet the requirements, and make sure
that the training covers real needs. In order to
be efficient, information literacy training should
not be added artificially and abruptly to the study
program, as many authors have already shown. The
training has to fit the students’ real needs, which
could question the sometimes too exclusively
transmissive character of teaching activities in
higher education.
Information literacy training should preferably
be organized at different points in the curriculum
to respond to the students’ effective and specific
needs. Those needs evolve greatly between the
moment when the students enter higher education and the time when they are ready to write
a thesis. Also the training should be planned as a
partnership between the teacher and the librarian,
so that both can bring in their specific knowledge. Generally the teacher alone does not have
a complete mastery of the advanced specificities
of information tools and techniques. And the
librarian alone also cannot help the students with
the core competences required for specific topics.
However, the relevance of combining both has
already been proved.
With this survey a baseline has been drawn, which
can lead to further developments. Nevertheless it
needs to be confirmed by more studies. It would
also be interesting to assess the students’ competences at the end of the cycle with the same
tools so as to provide us with complete data about
the issue. With these data we could measure the
students’ progress throughout their studies, with
or without specific information literacy training.
In case training has been given, we could then improve it and even determine the best practices.
To conclude, a refined version of the questionnaire
ought to be designed so as to identify some problems more precisely, such as the students’ critical
sense towards information and their way of using
online resources.
Note
1. Statistics for 2006 from the CREF (Council of Frenchspeaking Rectors of Belgium) and statistics for 2003–
2004 from Etnic (general IT service of the education
department of the French Community of Belgium).
Bibliography
Copeland, J. (2007) Librarians increase student achievement. Medium, 32(1) 8–9.
Coulon, A. (1997) Le métier d’étudiant. L’entrée dans la vie
universitaire. Paris, Presses Universitaires de France.
219 p.
Coulon, A., Bretelle-Desmazières, D. and Poitevint, C.
(1999) Apprendre à s’informer, une nécessité. Evaluation des formations à l’usage de l’information dans
les universités et grandes écoles françaises. Paris:
Laboratoire de Recherches Ethnométhodologiques –
Université de Paris 8. 114 p.
Lance, K.C. (1994) The impact of school library media centers on academic achievement. Find More Like This.
School Library Media Quarterly, 22(3) 167–172.
169
Paul Thirion and Bernard Pochet
Lance, K.C. and Russell, B. (2004) Scientifically based
research on school libraries and academic achievement. Knowledge Quest, 32(5) 13–17.
Line, M.B. (1990) Libraries in the educational process.
Library Association Research, 92(7) 504–506.
Mittermeyer, D. (2005) Incoming first year undergraduate
students: How information literate are they? Education
for Information, 23(4) 203–232.
Mittermeyer, D. and Quirion, D. (2003) Information literacy:
study of incoming first-year undergraduates in Québec
[online]. Montréal: CREPUQ. Accessible at: http://
crepuq.qc.ca/documents/bibl/formation/etude.pdf
Consulted on 9 January 2009.
Pochet B. (2004) Comment former les usagers ? Réflexion à
partir de la diversité des expériences de formation
organisées en Belgique. In Chevillotte S. La formation
à la maîtrise de l’information à l’heure européenne:
problèmes et perspectives. Villeurbanne, France: Presses
de l’ENSSIB, 55–71.
Poll, R. and Payne, P. (2006) Impact measures for libraries and information services. Library Hi Tech, 24(4)
547–562.
Thirion, P. (2004) L’impact des formations à la maîtrise
de l’information sur la performance scolaire des
étudiants : de la conviction à la preuve ? In Chevillotte
S. La formation à la maîtrise de l’information à l’heure
européenne : problèmes et perspectives. Villeurbanne,
France: Presses de l’ENSSIB.
Todd, R.J. (1995) Information literacy: philosophy, principles, and practice. School Libraries Worldwide, 1(1)
54–68.
Zmuda, A. and Harada, V.H. (2008) Reframing the library
media specialist as a learning specialist. School Library
Media Activities Monthly, 24(8) 42–46.
Revised version of ‘Quels enseignements retenir de
l’évaluation des compétences documentaires des étudiants
qui accèdent à l’enseignement supérieur en Communauté
française de Belgique?’, presented at the World Library
and Information Congress: 74th IFLA General Conference
And Council, 10andndash;14 August 2008, Québec
City, Canada, in session 134. Information Literacy with
Academic and Research Libraries. English translation by
the authors.
170
About the Authors
Paul Thirion is holder of a master’s degree in
psychology and in management of library and
documentary research. He is a lecturer at the
University of Liége (Belgium) and head librarian of
the Libraries Network of the University of Liége.
He is also chairman of the ‘Libraries’ Committee
of the CIUF (Inter-University Council of the French
Speaking Community of Belgium) and vice-chairman
of the EduDOC group. Since 1999, he has been a
member of the editorial and scientific committee
of FORMIST, the French-speaking network on information literacy developed by ENSSIB (France).
Regularly associated with Bernard Pochet, he is
author or coauthor of various publications in the
field of information literacy. Besides information
literacy, his main concerns are the development
of the digital library and particularly Open Access
and the implementation of institutional archives
servers. He may be contacted at: University of
Liége, Grande traverse, 12 bat B37, B 4000 Liége,
Belgium. E-mail:
[email protected]
Bernard Pochet is holder of a master’s degree in
education and an advanced master’s in information science. He is head librarian and lecturer at
the University of Gembloux (Belgium) and managing director of its university presses. Besides his
activities in the field of libraries, international cooperation for development or scientific publishing,
he has focused on information literacy for over
20 years. Chairman of the EduDOC group, he is
the author or coauthor of various publications in
the field of information literacy, in particular the
book Methodologie documentaire published by
Deboeck University in 2005. He may be contacted
at: University Faculty of Gembloux, Passage des
Déportés 2, B-5030 Gembloux, Belgium.
E-mail:
[email protected]
Effective Mentoring
Shin Freedman
Shin Freedman, MLS, MBA, is
the Head of Acquisitions and
Serials of Whittemore Library
at Framingham State College,
Framingham, MA, USA. She
may be contacted via email at:
[email protected]
Abstract
Effective mentoring is essential to the growth and success of librarianship
in all types of library. This paper considers the possibilities for fostering
mentoring activities among early career librarians, mid-career transitional
librarians, and non-professional library workers. First, the paper describes
existing studies to illuminate the urgency of mentoring activities to address the diminishing number of librarians and changing librarianship
in the workforce as well as to support ongoing staffing needs. Secondly,
it documents the academic library and professional organizations’ typical
mentoring activities including their extensiveness and limits. The paper
focuses on academic librarians in a university setting. Thirdly, the article
describes one librarian’s mentoring activities to support and encourage
beginning librarians to advance their careers in library and information
science, to become active members of professional associations and to
think about possible leadership roles. The paper concludes with (a) an account of how the author’s own mentoring/mentee roles have influenced
her professional direction and (b) linking effective mentoring to library
leadership. It demonstrates how the effective mentor will help the mentee
not only to navigate the maze of professional organizations and committees, but also to achieve a more global understanding of the platform
of libraries without borders.
Introduction
The evidence indicates that there is a strong need to build and retain a sound library workforce and a nimble library organization
structure to deal with the ever-changing library environment. The
recognition that career development through mentoring is vital to
librarians in the 21st century is no longer debatable. Increasingly,
research libraries which foster a culture of learning have started
looking into mentoring as a professional development effort as well
as a way to retain workers and deal with the massive retirement of
librarians.
Effective mentoring is essential to the growth and success of librarianship. Mentoring is recognized as one way of facilitating learning
in the workplace, and is designed to make use of guided learning to
develop the knowledge and skills required for high performance
(Tovey 1999, as cited in Mathews 2003: 323). Fostering mentoring
activities throughout the stages of a librarian’s career and guiding and supporting career paths will be important for librarians
and library organizations. The impact of effective mentoring for
librarians at the department level, the institutional level, or through
professional associations cannot be ignored because librarians need
help to navigate uncharted waters.
The work of the librarian was relatively stable for a long time until the
Web tsunami. With the surge of electronic Internet information,
the work librarians do has dramatically changed the balance of
information resources. What is happening around the library world
is clearly changing the library workforce in addition to changing how
we access library resources, and what is available in the publishing
I F LA
Copyright © 2009 Author. IFLA Journal 35(2): 171–182.
ISSN: 0340-0352. DOI: 10.1177/0340035209105672
171
Shin Freedman
and library world. Furthermore, librarians are, as
a group, substantially older than those in comparable professions, and they are aging out at a
much faster rate. In the United States, for example,
only 12 percent of librarians fall into the 25–34
year age range, versus 25 percent in that range in
comparable professions.1
According to a 2005 American Library Association
(ALA) study conducted by Lynch et al. (2005), the
number of librarians retiring each year is steadily
increasing (see Figure 1). The projected number
of retirements from 2015 to 2019 will reach a
total of 23.6 percent, when librarian retirement
will peak. This trend starts in 2010 for a 10-year
period, when 45 percent of today’s librarians
reach age 65. This massive retirement trend presents a challenge in any library organization,
including public, school, and research and academic libraries. There is an urgent need to recruit,
retain, and replace librarians. So how do libraries
deal with this organizational change? A video
directed by Stanley Wilder for the Association of
Research Libraries (2000) on generational change
in librarianship makes comparisons by looking at
traditional careers for young women, defined as
nursing, elementary education, and librarianship.
Using census data from 1970 to 1990, he finds
that the number of women under 30 choosing
librarianship declined sharply by 9 percent in that
20-year period, while the overall growth of jobs
in the profession rose 62 percent. He also notes
shifting positions inside the traditional academic
research library. The number of catalogers declined 63 percent between 1990 and 1998, while
the number of functional specialists was up 54 percent in the same period. The functional specialist
includes jobs such as systems librarians and technologists, representing 61 percent of new hires.
Steffen et al. (2004), in the Colorado State Libraries study based on Colorado statewide librarian
interviews, reported that there is a considerable
gap in perceptions and expectations between new
professional librarians and the existing library
workforce. The study revealed that one out of five
retiring librarians expects their job to be eliminated, downgraded, or combined with another one.
To replenish the diminishing library workforce,
library organizations need to look into attracting a more diverse workforce, including minority
groups and women, to replace the retiring library
management, and to increase the retention of the
competent mid-career library workforce. To meet
these objectives, mentoring can enable and help library organizations to recruit, retain and revitalize
the library workforce as well as to enable them
to be engaged in a continuous learning process
for professional development. Mentoring enables
the protégé to be prepared by transferring relevant
knowledge and also provides an enriching and
supportive environment for the new entrant to
the profession and the professional association.
Munde (2000) points out that thoughtful and
effective mentoring practices sponsored by library administrators can assist in meeting the
transitional challenges as well as rejuvenating
the professional library workforce.
Golian-Lui (2003) in her ‘Fostering Librarian
Leadership Through Mentoring’ concludes that
mentoring is an essential part of the leadership
journey because mentoring provides opportunities for significant personal, professional and
leadership development. In a time of rapid change
for the library and information science world due
to the impact of technological innovation, mentoring will definitely play a sizable role as a guiding light.
Mentoring Concepts
Figure 1.
(Source: Mary Jo Lynch, et al. (2005) Retirement
& recruitment.)
172
The word ‘mentor’ originates from a reference to
Mentor in Homer’s Odyssey. According to the
story of the Odyssey, Odysseus had been away for
many years on his journey. Therefore, his son,
Effective Mentoring
Telemachus, had been deprived of a father figure. So
Athena, the goddess of wisdom, disguised herself
as Mentor and befriended Telemachus and provided him with a role model and encouragement.
Thus, the term mentor came into the language as
referring to a supporting role model that is copied
and respected in many professions even today.
The mentor definition has a host of differing concepts and nuances. Ragins (1989) stated that there
are common threads in most definitions in that
(1) a mentor is usually a high ranking, influential,
senior member of the organization with significant
experience and knowledge and (2) the individual
is also willing to share experiences with younger
employees (as cited in Mathews 2003: 316).
Mentoring is defined and theorized in two categories: career, and psychosocial. Career mentoring describes specific mentor behavior supportive
of a mentee’s career success. Psychosocial mentoring refers to the personal aspect of a relationship
related to supporting a protégé’s professional identity and sense of confidence. A mentor has been
defined as an individual with more experience
and knowledge who is committed to providing
upward career guidance and advice (Kram 1985).
Since the latter part of the 1980s, the business and
psychology literature has been full of mentoring
benefits and positive outcomes.
Although a lot has been written and said about
mentoring, it is still a rather mysterious concept for
most of us. However, there are some clearly recognized benefits to mentoring. It has been actively
used in business and management in conjunction with leadership, role modeling, precepting,
coaching and training. Mentoring can help improve the socialization of new library workers,
improve performance, provide support and complement other professional development activities (Gibb 1999). Formal mentoring programs are
an effective means of providing support during
periods of sweeping change (McDonald 2003).
When mentors listen, provide structure, express
positive expectations, share themselves and make
the relationship special, mentees are likely to feel
supported. Support is the most critical aspect because it lays the foundation for challenge and
vision (Zachary 2000). In fostering mentoring
relationships, feedback is a powerful vehicle for
learning and a critical mechanism. Different kinds
of mentoring may be needed for support and
giving and receiving feedback at different stages
of a librarian’s career.
Benefits for the protégé include the opportunity
from within a safe and non-threatening relationship to interact with and learn from someone
with experience and contacts. Outcomes of this
support, which builds confidence and maintains motivation, include developing skills and
knowledge, solving problems, determining how
and where to find further information, exploring
career options and learning coping strategies.
Benefits for the mentor include personal satisfaction from helping someone else, a renewed commitment and enthusiasm and an opportunity
to stimulate thinking and develop new skills.
Mentoring also contributes to the mentor’s professional development and encouragement and
motivation of others (Coombe 1995; Moore 1992,
as cited in McDonald 2003).
Putting it all together, mentoring contributes many
organizational benefits. These benefits include
increased employee retention, reduced turnover,
faster new employee induction, guidance to organizational expectations, and improved leadership.
Many business organizations incorporate a formal mentoring program as part of leadership
development and employee retention efforts.
A mentoring relationship effectively facilitates
organizational learning.
While there is no apparent shortage of benefits
for the mentor and the protégé, the author finds a
lack of studies from the organization’s perspective.
Gail Munde (2000), in her research on academic
library mentoring, notes that academic libraries
are operating informal mentoring programs, but
they are not involved in the practice of organizational mentoring. Organizational mentoring
is defined as a program designed to achieve the
organization’s leadership goals and meet its existing and future workforce needs. For example, a
formal mentoring program initiated by a library
organization to recruit new librarians would be
different from a mentoring program initiated
informally to support librarian promotion and
tenure processes.
While there is ample evidence and documentation
on the positive side of mentoring, there are some
negative aspects of mentoring reported by protégés,
including mentor/protégé mismatch, manipulative
mentor behavior and lack of mentor expertise (as
cited in Eby et al. 2004: 412). The three most common complaints about mentors are a perceived lack
of commitment by the mentor, difficulties in communication between the mentor and the protégé,
173
Shin Freedman
and the perception that the mentor had taken
credit for some work or project of the mentee.
Mentoring is a special relationship within an organization. Roma Harris’s (1993) article on mentoring pitfalls describes organizational mentoring
concerns. Harris questioned that if mentoring is a
significant mechanism for enhancing the careers
of only some individuals within an organization,
the culture, practices and procedures of that organization may pose barriers that stand in the way
of participation and opportunity for all its committed employees.
Mentoring Roles in the Continuing
Professional Development of
Professional Associations
Any librarians in need of mentoring may need to
look outside their organizations in order to obtain
full mentoring support and to avoid possible obstacles related to authority and dependency in a
boss/subordinate mentoring relationship. In addition, some library managers may be reluctant to
engage in mentoring partnerships between staff
in the belief that they may create suspicion or
envy from others within the organization. Since
the beginning of the decade, professional associations have begun to play an active role in the
form of continuing professional education and professional development as a mentoring process for
their members.
No one will argue that participation in professional associations will contribute positively to a
librarian’s career. Networking and learning opportunities in professional organizations are ongoing
and well-established for professional librarians.
What role, then, does mentoring play in the area
of Continuing Professional Development (CPD)
for professional associations? Mentoring is connected to theories and practices that are linked to
the concept of lifelong learning and the learning
society. Reflection on learning experience and on
practice is regarded as an important element of
the CPD process (Friedman and Phillips 2002:
222; 273).
The qualities of continuing professional development as ‘continuing education’ are consistent with the philosophy of mentoring.
These qualities are: 1 It implies a notion of
lifelong learning as a means of keeping an
individual up-to-date with new knowledge;
174
it prevents obsolescence. 2 It includes updating a person’s education (e.g. makes an
individual’s education comparable to that
of a person receiving a like degree or like
certificates at the present time). 3 It allows
for diversification to a new area within a field
(e.g. supervisory and management training).
4 It assumes that the individual carries the
basic responsibility for his or her own development. 5 It involves education activities that
are beyond those considered necessary for
entrance into the field (Stone et al. 1974, as
cited in Ritchie and Genoni 1999: 218).
The mentor plays an influential role as a facilitator
of networking in order for the protégé to become
active in professional associations. For example,
in today’s Web environment, there is abundant
continuing education information. However,
vital information can be easily buried and lost
without the facilitative role of a mentor who will
understand its relevance and will synthesize
and share it with the protégé. This information
sharing can be found in the context of mentoring
relationships naturally and spontaneously. In
Ritchie and Genoni’s (1999) research, they articulate the advantage of a mentoring program as immediately responsive to an individual member’s
needs, and its availability to ‘members only’ can
be designated as one of the advantages of professional association membership. Becoming active
on committees and other organizational units of
professional associations can be challenging and
time consuming. It can easily frustrate experienced
librarians, let alone new librarians. In addition,
getting on a committee or becoming involved in
some formal capacity can be facilitated by mentors
who are already participating in the activities of the
professional association.
Mentoring roles provided in the professional associations in the United States differ from those of
European countries and Australia. In the United
States, typically entry level mentoring programs
for new members exist in the professional associations. For example:
• American Library Association New Members
Roundtable Program (NMRT) http://www.ala.
org/ala/nmrt/comm/mentoringcommittee.cfm
• Spectrum Scholar Mentor – Association of College and Research Libraries (ACRL)
• Dr. E.J. Josey Spectrum Scholar Mentor Program
http://www.ala.org/ala/acrl/acrlproftools/
mentorprogram.cfm
Effective Mentoring
• Medical Library Association (MLA), http://
www.mlanet.org/mentor/
• Special Library Association (SLA) – Upstate
New York Chapter http://units.sla.org/chapter/
cuny/mentoring.html – and this program
offering is on a volunteer basis
• Australian Library and Information Association
(ALIA) has provided both individual and group
mentoring programs for members: http://www.
alia.org.au/members-only/groups/quorum/
mentoring (Ritchie and Genoni 1999: 223).
Megginson and Clutterbuck (1995) explain that
in Britain there is a far greater emphasis on mentoring being a form of support for learning where
the learner has an opportunity to reflect on career
goals, make choices, and pursue options rather
than through possible sponsorship opportunities
offered by a mentor. The sharing of knowledge is an
important part of British mentoring relationships,
but does not appear on the US agenda, as in
Kram’s application of the core functions (as cited
in Friedman and Phillips 2002: 271).
According to leadership consultant Jim Freedman
(March 2008, personal communication) the US
culture tends to promote and idealize any independent action and activity performed by an
individual, rather than through the help of any
organization, including professional organizations. On the contrary, European countries respect hierarchy and organizational knowledge.
This statement coincides with the amount of
English-language research on informal mentoring
activities in the library literature. A recent survey
of US academic and research libraries reported
that only 26 percent of libraries had formal mentoring programs; in the United Kingdom library
and information studies field, only 17 percent of
libraries reported mentoring initiatives (Ritchie
and Genoni 1999: 222).
Once a newcomer’s induction and socialization
to professional associations is completed, then
what can professional associations do in career
advancement efforts for a librarian? Networking
opportunities are abundant in professional meetings. Davidson and Middleton’s (2006) study supports the conclusion drawn by Ritchie and Genoni
(1999) that professional associations play a vital
role in mentoring members through networking,
continuing professional development, and informal mentoring from subject-oriented library
associations. The primary benefits of participation
in professional organizations were identified as
networking opportunities and continuing education activities to keep up with the chosen subject
field and learning new skills and best practices
(Davidson and Middleton 2006: 211).
Kwasik et al. discuss that a formal mentoring initiative conducted by the South Central Chapter of
the Medical Library Association reveals that mentoring by a professional association strengthens
professional memberships and further emphasizes
that professional association mentoring programs
are a solution to the lack of formalized mentoring
programs in librarians’ working organizations
(Kwasik et al. 2006: 24). The need of professional
association mentoring at a certain career stage,
mainly for newly entering librarians, has been described well; however, Ritchie and Genoni (1999)
point out that “employee’s [mentoring] needs for
support during transitional stages in their careers” were often neglected from an organizational
viewpoint. In addition, they assert that professional
association mentoring was lacking and limited
in spite of the fundamental purpose of the formal
mentoring program as seeking to maintain,
change the status quo, or the idea of facilitating
a transition.
Colleen Beard (2002) asserted, in a proposal to
establish a mentoring program for the Association
of Canadian Map Libraries and Archives (ACMLA),
that professional associations are beginning to
notice the importance of mentoring “due to the
changes in job task that are imposed on librarians” in the specialty of the Map/GIS librarian in
particular, and to realize that mentoring is a means
of developing professional growth, and ultimately
sustaining an association.
Mentoring for Academic Librarians
Mentoring is not a new model for professional
development and personal growth of individuals
within organizations (Level and Mach 2004: 304).
Mentoring is known as an invaluable tool for
career development for library and information
professionals. Mentoring programs offer an established, proven best practice to enhance organizational and individual learning (Goodyear et al.
2006). Mentoring can be used for a librarian’s
professional development or as a tool to enhance
the organization’s goals or library workforce development activities. In fact, it has been used in
the business and management world effectively
in the form of the ‘old boy network.’ Traditional
175
Shin Freedman
mentoring is when an experienced high-ranking
executive (mentor) actively supports a younger, less
experienced employee in her or his career. Typically, mentoring activities start out as career functions, but develop into psychosocial functions.
In the higher education literature, mentoring has
received attention and mentoring activities are reported to be more focused on career functions,
rather than on psychosocial activities.
The mentoring focus for academic librarians is
also closely tied to the librarian’s career stage
and professional development. The mentoring
relationship plays a vital role in terms of career
stage. There are five types of academic librarian
mentoring programs according to career stages:
new librarians in a probationary period, librarians for reappointment, librarians for promotion
and tenure, librarians in the career retirement
phase, and paraprofessionals and/or library and
information science (LIS) students. Table 1 describes the relationship between career stage, professional development, and mentoring focus.
Research has shown that librarians with faculty
status and within tenure systems most often have
Career stage
Professional
development
mentoring programs to support tenure programs.
The common thread of academic librarian mentoring programs is to support the librarians for tenure
and promotion processes.
Many articles in both the library and higher education literature affirm the popularity of mentoring as a way to navigate through the difficulties
of the tenure process and retain strong faculty
(Level and Mach 2005: 302). Most mentoring
programs for academic librarians are reported to
address the librarian’s reappointment, tenure and
promotion irrespective of the mentoring models.
Current mentoring practice in academic libraries
as reported in the literature (Lee, T.P. 1995; Steffen
et al. 2004; Level and Mach 2005; Lee, D. 2005;
Keyse et al. 2003; Miller et al. 1998; Wojewodzki
et al. 1998) indicate mentoring programs were
predominantly initiated informally out of librarians’ self-awareness and concerns for their careers
or to provide orientation or to recruit for academic
librarianship, as in the formal mentoring programs
at Louisiana State University Libraries (KuyperRushing 2001) and University of North Carolina –
Chapel Hill (Hewitt et al. 2000). Mentoring for
newly hired librarians at Colorado State University
Mentoring focus
Mentoring
type
New librarian –
probationary period
Library functional area
Library administration
and procedures
Library procedures
University procedures
Guidance and support
Formal or peer
mentoring
Reappointment –
tenure track librarian
Professional service
Continuing scholarship
Higher degrees
Tenure file preparation
Professional service
Committee membership
Peer mentoring
or formal
Mid-careerpromotion and tenure
Campus committee works
Professional service
Continuing scholarship
Library and university
policy and procedures
Union governance profile
Leadership position in
professional association
Networking with
professional associations
Informal or
peer mentoring
Career retirement
Mentoring activity
Mentoring activities
Formal
mentoring
Paraprofessional and
LIS students
Involvement in
professional association
Guidance and support
of library professional
organizations
Informal
mentoring
Table 1. The relationship between career stage, professional development, and mentoring focus for
academic librarians.
Source: Mathews, P. 2003. Academic mentoring. Table 3, p. 326.
176
Effective Mentoring
(Level and Mach 2005) focused on orientation
and induction for new librarians. These mentoring
programs were presented in informal and formal
settings to ease the socialization of new librarians in their early career stages. Table 2 describes
mentoring programs for selective academic
libraries.
Despite the popularity of mentoring and the increased use of mentoring as a developmental
strategy (Lacey 1999), mentoring initiatives in librarianship in a United Kingdom study showed
that only a handful of libraries participated and
most of these schemes were from the academic
and public library sectors. The challenges and
barriers to academic librarian mentoring are also
worth our attention to better understand the
full picture of the mentoring environment. Classical barriers were identified as organizational
obstacles: women not helping other women,
the lack of senior women’s understanding about
mentoring and institutional resources, an old boy
network framework being hard to break into as
a woman and/or a member of a minority, and
downsizing the number of tenure-track library
faculty positions. At the departmental level, challenges included the lack of a library culture of
fostering mentorship and the non-existence of
intentional reward systems.
(McDaugall and Beattie 1997, as cited in McBain
1998).
Group Mentoring
Group mentoring offers the opportunity for a
number of people to benefit from a single mentor.
Group mentoring has an added synergistic effect
through the interaction of the group members
(Kaye and Jacobson 1995, as cited in McDonald
2003). It is a relatively new concept, and has been
incompletely defined and poorly represented in
the literature to date. In the broadest sense, the
term ‘group mentoring’ has been used to describe
a function of professional associations in which
the career development of members of that professional group is influenced by the group's exertion
of "social norms and roles" (Dansky 1996: 6).
Self-managed Mentoring
This mentoring type is the most different from
traditional one-to-one mentoring. In this mentoring relationship, a mentee is responsible for and
proactive about his/her own professional development by seeking mentoring-type relationships as
the need arises. A person has a number of mentors
simultaneously, each collaborating to develop
the particular strengths of a mentee (Darling and
Schartz 1991, as cited in McDonald 2003).
Mentoring Models
Mentoring within Professional Associations
The most commonly used mentoring systems in
the academic library context are described here:
Formal (or Informal) Mentoring within
an Organization
This is the traditional mentor/protégé relationship or informally formed mentoring relationship
between senior and junior. An informal mentoring
relationship is one that happens spontaneously
based on mutual respect, rapport, and relationship.
How the relationship is developed distinguishes
the formal from informal.
Peer Mentoring
Peer-to-peer mentoring includes faculty-tofaculty, or library faculty-to-colleagues mentoring.
This is a process where there is mutual involvement in encouraging and enhancing learning and
development between two peers, where peers
are people who perceive themselves as equals
Professional development mentoring occurs in
professional organizations and includes subjectfocused mentoring (e.g. in healthcare, law, music
or geographic information systems (GIS), or a
particular sector or industry.)
Mentoring Stories
My academic librarian mentoring experience
started at the Brown University Science Library
during a mid-career change. I had spent years in
the business world prior to deciding to return to
higher education. Although I had been an experienced librarian before I had spent much of my
professional career in the information technology
industry, I was beginning again as a librarian in
the academic world. Academic librarianship in the
21st century had shifted fundamentally with the
impact of library technology and the Web. Much
had changed since I had practiced my academic
librarianship 20 years earlier.
177
Shin Freedman
Academic library
Name
Year
Mentoring activities
Mentoring type
Auburn University
Library
Research
Committee
1995 To support the untenured
librarians
Informal mentoring
Brown University
Library
Librarians Support
Group
2004 To support librarian
throughout career stages
Informal mentoring
Colorado State
Librarian Peer
University Libraries Mentoring
2001 Mentoring for newly hired
librarians and untenured
librarians
Formal peer
mentoring
Louisiana State
University Library
Formal Librarian
Mentoring
1998 Tenure-track librarian
support group
Formal
Mississippi State
University
Research
Committee
2005 To support untenured
librarians at MSU as
institutional support
Informal mentoring
Northwestern State Professional
Advancement
University
Group
–
Untenured librarian
support
Peer mentoring
Oakland University Untenured
Library
Librarians Club
(Un-TLC)
2001 To support untenured
librarians
New library
Queens College –
faculty mentoring
City University of
New York (CUNY) program and LIS
student internship
mentoring
Formal
1994 New library faculty
orientation which includes
promotion and tenure
processes
Texas A&M
University
Tenure-track
Librarians Support
Group
1991 Informal monthly meetings Informal
to support throughout the
years of pursuing tenure
University of
Delaware
Mentoring program
1993 3-tier structure
University of
Kansas
Mentoring program 2002 To support middle
for mid-IT managers 2002 women managers http://
www.InformationServices.
Library Mentoring
ku.edu/mentoring
Committee
http://www.lib.ku.edu/
public/mentoring/
University of North LIS graduate to
Carolina Libraries UNC Librarians –
(UNC-Chapel Hill) CALA in 2000
Informal
Informal mentoring
to formal mentoring
Formal group
mentoring
Formal mentoring
2000 Recruitment tool for LIS
graduate to academic
librarianship
Formal mentoring
University of
Wisconsin –
Madison Libraries
New colleagues
mentoring program
1998 Orientation program for
new colleagues
Informal mentoring
Oregon State
University
Library Faculty
Association (LFA)
1998 Peer criticism of
manuscripts and
publications
Peer mentoring
Table 2. Selected US academic libraries with mentoring program.
Sources: Lee, T.P. 1995; Steffen et al. 2004; Level et al. 2005; Kuyper-Rushing, L. 2001; Lee, D. 2005;
Keyse et al. 2003; Miller et al. 1998; Hewitt et al. 2003; Wojewodzki et al., 1998.
178
Effective Mentoring
I met my mentor, Tovah Reis, Medical School
Librarian, at Brown University Library. She was
a busy, active person, both on and off campus,
and not always available for me in the beginning.
Respecting her work style and reputation, our relationship developed very slowly and cautiously.
Once she agreed to meet with me, she was willing to give me guidance and advice in the area of
modern academic medical librarianship. I quickly
adapted and was able to come up to speed not only
in the academic library setting, but also gradually to medical librarianship through participation in local, regional and national professional
association meetings and continuing educational
programs. Most importantly, Tovah always introduced and connected me to medical faculty members, other librarians, and library leaders on campus.
If a formal meeting was not possible, she would
arrange an informal lunch meeting.
Her organizational skills, project management
skills, her attitude towards librarianship and leadership positions in several professional organizations impressed me. She was an active member of
many local, regional, national and international
professional associations and served on several
committees and boards. These included IFLA,
the Medical Library Association, North Atlantic
Health Sciences Libraries (NAHSL), and the Association of Rhode Island Health Sciences Libraries
(ARIHSL). As she was the President of ARIHSL,
she invited me to several ARIHSL meetings. Being
an active library leader within the Brown University community, she encouraged me to attend
campus-sponsored conferences and meetings. For
example, I participated in the Evidence-based
Medicine Conference in April 2004. She included
me in Brown University Library meetings on campus. She would inform me through e-mail or in
conversation about the meetings she attended
and informed me about what was new in the professional associations.
Our mentoring activities were steadily and gradually formed. I would request to meet with her
with a set of questions I had. Initially, the questions
were more about how things got done at Brown
University Library, information resources available at the Sciences Library and the organizational
subunits and paraprofessionals and their duties
and responsibilities. Gradually, our discussions
developed more towards potentially interesting
project opportunities and the library associations’
roles and impact. Sometimes, I agonized about the
topics to discuss prior to our meetings, fearing that
I would waste her time. Without fail, I felt that she
was a good listener and had a great capacity to suggest and to guide me to points which I may have
overlooked. I always had the sense that I was
being enlightened at our meetings. As a result of
our meetings, I initiated three major projects and
participated in one project with her on ‘Lifelong
Learning (Information Resources) for Brown
Medical Students.’
Tovah was particularly diligent at updating medical faculty and students and writing in the Library newsletters and e-mails to her colleagues.
She managed her time very effectively and was
passionate about her work as a medical librarian.
My current employment and success as Head of
Acquisitions and Serials and my involvement in
IFLA would not be possible without the benefits
I received from Tovah’s academic librarian mentoring activities.
In addition to being my mentor, she also provided
mentoring activities and relationships to support
and encourage paraprofessional staff, beginning
librarians, and mid-career librarians to advance
their careers. The following information was
gathered from Tovah’s mentees via survey questionnaires during the spring of 2006.
The mentoring groups were as follows:
• group and individual mentoring for paraprofessionals who were attending library
school
• peer mentoring for new co-workers
• informal mentoring and self-managed mentoring
for mid-career librarians.
Different activities and interactions occurred
among different mentees according to the respective protégé’s needs and career stage. Not only did
the mentoring activities and relationships evolve
in different forms and shapes, but also the subsequent activities lasted for differing durations
from 6 months to 3 years and more. Some have
evolved into lasting friendships.
For library staff attending library school, the
following group mentoring occurred:
• monthly group meetings with mentor playing
the role of a facilitator
• initial contact with library department leaders
who it was thought important for mentees to
get to know
179
Shin Freedman
• shared perspectives and experience in the mentor’s field of librarianship
• a secure environment for asking inquiry regarding the Brown libraries and the profession
of librarianship and the information science
field.
For peer mentoring, the following activities
occurred:
• invited mentee to share lunch and talk together
• initiated contact with library department leaders for a peer librarian
• shared the library/university cultural norms
• answered any questions a new librarian had and
listened to concerns and provided advice.
For professionals who were new to the library
environment:
• for those still in library school, the mentor discussed professional association options
• consulted for independent study projects
• initiated contact with library department leaders and set up meetings with them
For mid-career librarians, the mentor:
• provided leadership for self-managed librarians in their mid-career
• consulted and coordinated mentee’s library
projects
• encouraged and invited them to professional
association meetings and events and introduced
them to colleagues
• set up an orientation to the University Library’s
resources and contacts
• provided opportunities to work in various library departments during transitional periods
for mid-career professional librarians.
Summary
Although formal mentoring programs have become an increasingly popular employee development tool (Allen et al. 2006: 567) in both
business and education, research has shown
that library organizations have not been actively
involved in the practice, according to Gail Munde
(2002). Barbara Wittkopf, in the SPEC kit Mentoring Programs in ARL Libraries (1999), the Association of Research Libraries study, revealed
that only 26 percent of libraries have a formal
mentoring program. Given the number of issues
180
today’s librarians are facing, including rapid workforce change, staff shortages and the changing nature of required skill sets in our field, mentoring
will play an essential role in easing the tensions,
among which are the confidence of the individual,
the perception of the work life of the librarian
and the stagnant mid-career librarian’s career.
To counterbalance the lack of library-organized
formal mentoring programs, effective mentoring
from professional associations would be welcomed and desirable.
On the other hand, mentoring has shifted its focus
away from a traditional model of senior professionals advising junior professionals to librarians
at any career stage identifying their own needs
(Goodyear 2006: 53) and reaching out to seek
help using different mentoring types such as peer
mentoring, group mentoring and self-directed
mentoring and even having multiple mentors.
Effective mentoring needs to be recognized and
examined in the context of librarians’ career stages.
Librarians’ career stages and professional development needs will influence mentoring focus as
well as mentoring type. For example, in examining the relationship between career stages and
mentoring types, during the reappointment stage
of a librarian’s career, mentoring activities become
vital and most typically spontaneous and informal mentoring occurs naturally to support and
encourage librarians. The impact on librarianship
of plateauing at a particular career stage, namely
mid-career stage, needs to be addressed by library leaderships and professional associations.
Effective mentoring needs to focus not only on
improving individual librarians’ performance,
but also on enhancing library organizational
productivity.
Considering how little mentoring activity was
reported as initiated by career retirement stage
librarians in the library literature review, this is
an area for future study. This wealth of knowledge
and experience accumulated by retiring librarians can be transferred and preserved by engaging in mentoring activities with younger, less
experienced librarians. Satisfying and supportive
professional librarian learning cycles would be
opened up and perpetuated by their involvement
in mentoring relationships. In return, library organizations and professional associations could
promote the professional growth of their members and employees. These mentors could facilitate
their global understanding of libraries in their
interactions with protégés and development could
Effective Mentoring
begin along the pathways illuminated by mentors
in the library and information science field.
Note
1. Library profession faces shortage of librarians: key facts
and figures from the American Library Association.
10/29/01.
References
Allen, T.D., Eby, L.T. and Lentz, E. (2006) Mentorship
behaviors and mentorship quality associated with
formal mentoring programs: Closing the gap between
research and practice. Journal of Applied Psychology,
91(3) 567–578. doi: 10.1037/0021-9010.91.3.567
Association of Research Libraries.(2000) Generational
change in librarianship: On the age demographic
shifts in ARL libraries. [Video/DVD: Director: Stanley
Wilder]
Beard, C. (2002) Proposal for a mentoring program
for the Association of Canadian Map Libraries and
Archives. ACMLA Bulletin, 2002. 38–40. Retrieved
from http://www.ssc.uwo.ca/assoc/acml/carto2002/
acmla_mentor.pdf
Coombe, K. (1995) The effectiveness of mentoring in the
workplace: a case study of work-based learning in early
childhood education. Paper presented at Continuing
Professional Education in the Learning Organization,
Coffs Harbour, NSW.
Dansky, K.H. (1996) The effect of group mentoring on
career outcomes. Group Organization Management,
21(1) 5–21.
Darling, L.A. and Schatz, P.E. (1991) Mentoring needs
of dietitians: the mentoring self-management program
model. Journal of the American Dietetic Association.
91(4) 454–458.
Davidson, J.R. and Middleton, C.A. (2006) Networking,
networking, networking: The role of professional association memberships in mentoring and retention of
science librarians. Science & Technology Libraries,
27(1) 203–224. Retrieved from http://search.ebscohost.
com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=2541900
8&site=ehost-live
Eby, L., Butts, M.L., Simon, A. and Shana, A. (2004)
Protégés’ negative mentoring experiences: construct
development and nomological validation. Personnel
Psychology, 57(2) 411–447.
Freedman, J. (Feb. 2008). U.S. attitudes toward organizational learning. [Personal communication.]
Friedman, A. and Phillips, M. (2002) The role of mentoring
in the CPD programmes of professional associations.
International Journal of Lifelong Education, 21(3)
269–284.
Gibb, S. (1999) The usefulness of theory: A case study
in evaluating formal mentoring schemes. Human
Relations, 52(8) 1055–1075.
Golian-Lui, L. (2003) Fostering librarian leadership
through mentoring. Adult Learning, 14(1) 26–28.
Retrieved from http://search.ebscohost.com/login.
aspx?direct=true&db=tfh&AN=17481887&site=eh
ost-live
Goodyear, M. (2006) Mentoring: A learning collaboration.
Educause Quarterly, 29(4) 51–53.
Goodyear, M., Ames-Oliver, K. and Russell, K. (2006)
Chapter 3: Organizational strategies for fostering a
culture of learning. In C. Golden (Ed.) Cultivating
careers: Professional development for campus IT.
EDUCAUSE.
Harris, R.M. (1993) The mentoring trap. Library Journal,
118(17): 37. Retrieved from http://search.ebscohost.
com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=931013
7689&site=ehost-live
Hewitt, J.A., Moran, B.B. and Marsh, M.E. (2003) Finding
our replacements: One institution's approach to
recruiting academic librarians. Portal: Libraries and the
Academy, 3(2) 179–189. Retrieved from http://muse.
jhu.edu/journals/portal_libraries_and_the_academy/
v003/3.2hewitt.html
Kaye, B. and Jacobson, B. (1995) Mentoring: a group guide.
Training and Development. 49(4) 23–27.
Keyse, D., Kraemer, E.W. and Voelck, J. (2003) Mentoring
untenured librarians. College & Research Libraries News, 64(6) 378. Retrieved from http://search.
ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&A
N=10126680&site=ehost-live
Kram, K. E. (1985) Mentoring at work: Developmental
relationships in organizational life. Glenview, IL:
Scott Foresman.
Kuyper-Rushing, L. (2001) A formal mentoring program
in a university library: Components of a successful
experiment. Journal of Academic Librarianship, 27(6)
440. Retrieved from http://search.ebscohost.com/login.
aspx?direct=true&db=eric&AN=EJ641553&site=
ehost-live
Kwasik, H., Fulda, P.O., and Ische, J.P. (2006) Strengthening
professionals: A chapter-level formative evaluation of
the Medical Library Association mentoring initiative.
Journal of the Medical Library Association : JMLA,
94(1) 19–29.
Lacey, K. (1999) Build bridges – making mentoring happen.
Training and Development in Australia, 126(5) 8–10.
Lee, D. (2005) Mentoring the untenured librarian. College
& Research Libraries News, 66(10) 711–724. Retrieved
from http://search.ebscohost.com/login.a+spx?direct=
true&db=aph&AN=18913077&site=ehost-live
Lee, T.P. (1995) The library research committee: It has
the money and the time. Journal of Academic Librarianship, 21(2) 111–115.
Level, A.L. and Mach, M. (2005) Peer mentoring: One
institution's approach to mentoring academic librarians. Library Trends, 26(6/7) 301–310.
Lynch, M.J., Tordello, S. and Thomas, G. (2005) Retirement & recruitment: A deeper look. American
Libraries, 36(1).
Mathews, P. (2003) Academic mentoring: Enhancing
the use of scarce resources. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 31(3) 313–334.
doi: 10.1177/0263211X03031003007
McBain, R. (1998) New perspectives on mentoring.
Managers Update, 9(3) 23–32.
McDaugall, M., and Beattie, R.S. (1997) Peer mentoring
at work: The nature and outcomes of non-hierarchical
developmental relationships. Management Learning,
28(4) 423.
McDonald, J. (2003) Mentoring: An age old strategy
for a rapidly expanding field 2002 National Centre
for Education and Training on Addiction (NCETA),
Flinders University of South Australia.
181
Shin Freedman
Megginson, D. and Clutterbuck, M. (1995) Mentoring in
action: a practical guide for managers. London: Kogan
Page.
Miller, J.P., and Benefiel, C.R. (1998) Academic librarians
and the pursuit of tenure: The support group as a
strategy for success. College & Research Libraries
News, 59(5) 1–6.
Moore, K. (1992) Benefits of mentorship. Health Services
Management, 88(6) 15–17.
Munde, G. (2000) Beyond mentoring: Toward the rejuvenation of academic libraries. Journal of Academic
Librarianship, 26(3) 171.
Ragins, B.R. (1989) Barriers to mentoring: the female
manager's dilemma. Human Relations, 42, 1–22.
Ritchie, A. and Genoni, P. (1999) Mentoring in professional
associations: continuing professional development for
librarians. Health Libraries Review, 16(4) 216–225.
Steffen, N., Lance, K.C., Russell, B., and Lietzan, Z. (2004)
Retirement, retention, and recruitment: The future of
librarianship in Colorado. September, 2004. Library
Research Service.
Stone, E., Patrick, R.J. and Conroy, B. (1974) Continuing
library and information science education: final
report to the National Commission on Libraries and
Information Science. Washington, D.C.: American
Society for Information Science, 1974. p.3.
Tovey, M.D. (1999) Mentoring in the workplace: a guide
for mentors and managers. Surrey Hills: Prentice Hall.
Wittkopf, B. (1999) Mentoring programs in ARL Libraries.
In George, L.A. (Ed.) SPEC Kit #239. Association
182
of Research Libraries, Office of Leadership and
Management Services, Washington, DC.
Wojewodzki, C., Stein, L. and Richardson, T. (1998)
Formalizing an informal process: Developing a mentoring program in a university library. Technical
Services Quarterly, 15(3)1–9.
Zachary, L.J. (2000) The mentor's guide: Facilitating
effective learning relationships. San Francisco: JosseyBass.
Acknowledgments
The author gratefully acknowledges her mentors in
the library and information science field, Tovah Reis,
Catherine Dibble and Dr. Josephine Fang; mentoring
survey project participants at Brown University Library;
Frank Kellerman and Janet Crager at Brown University
Sciences Library; Dr. Tom Grove, Dr. Mary Rogers, and
Dr. Elaine Storella at Framingham State College, whose
support and trust made this research possible; Dr. Ben
Alberti and Catherine Dibble, who read the earlier version
of the paper and made helpful comments.
Revised version of a paper presented at the World Library
and Information Congress: 74th IFLA General Conference,
10–14 August 2008, Quebec City, Canada, in session
93, Management of Library Associations, Continuing
Professional Development and Workplace Learning
with ALP.
IFLA and Language Diversity
REPORTS
IFLA and Language Diversity
Sofia Kapnisi
We are all aware that different languages have
different words for the same concept, but also different sounds or various pronunciations of the
same sound. The diversity of languages puts into
words the variety of the human interpretations of
the world, often distant in the details but somehow
macroscopically united.
In our times of the electronic media, the media in
general and the abundance of information that
they distribute, it is not certain whether the scales
will be in favour of one language or in favour of
multilingualism. When we talk about blogs, chat
rooms and fast communication, maybe one or two
languages appear predominant. However, parallel to that, there is a world of people who seem
reluctant to let go their own mother tongue. Either
because of lack of access to education or because
they have realized that this ‘tongue’ is one of their
gifts at birth and a strong identity holder, these
people safeguard almost unconsciously pieces of
the universal culture.
The interest of UNESCO in that field generated the
International Year of Languages 2008. With the
slogan ‘Languages matter!’,UNESCO launched a
year of focusing on the importance of each and
every language. The conviction that also languages spoken by only a few people make part of
everyone’s culture is demonstrating the shift to a
modern form of multilingualism. In this context
members of large language groups are encouraged
to learn and use other languages of their country
and policy makers are expected to promote such
efforts.
IFLA, as an international organization by definition, has always viewed language diversity as a
key factor. By recently adding two languages, IFLA
has now seven official languages, one more than
UNESCO: Arabic (added in 2007), Chinese (added
in 2006), English, French, German, Russian and
Spanish. Those are the IFLA languages, meaning
‘languages formally recognized for communication
I F LA
within IFLA’. IFLA members are entitled to express
themselves in these languages at conferences, in
meetings of professional and governance bodies
and in correspondence to IFLA Headquarters.
Next to the everyday contacts, this communication is also reflected in translations and in the
simultaneous interpretation at the sessions of
the annual congress. The translated body of announcements, corporate documents, reports, mailings, conference papers, etc., printed or published
on the IFLA website even exceeds by far the seven
official languages. There we find documents like
the IFLA Internet Manifesto, that has been translated into 20 languages; the IFLA/UNESCO
Public Library Manifesto of 1994 (26 languages);
and the IFLA/UNESCO School Library Manifesto
of 1999 (35 languages). All together, 54 languages
were represented on the IFLA website at the last
count.
Among them we encounter languages that very
seldom reach our ears, like Amharic, the second
most spoken Semitic language in the world after
Arabic, spoken by the 27 million Amhara people
in Ethiopia, or Xhosa, spoken by approximately
8 million people in South Africa, or about 18 percent of the South African population. Xhosa is
a tonal language, which means that the same sequence of consonants and vowels can have different meanings when pronounced with high or
low intonation. The use of click consonants gives
a distinctive character to the language; the word
‘Xhosa’ itself begins with a click.
This amazing richness of words and meanings
found in IFLA documents is achieved by the work
of volunteers from the language communities
themselves or by translators paid by those communities. The translation of IFLA Express, the daily
newsletter published during the World Library and
Inforrmation Congress each year is also the work
of volunteers. Initially published in English, it was
translated into several IFLA language versions as
the years went by. In a continuous effort to improve its context and form, IFLA’s Governing
Board in its meeting of December 2007 decided
Copyright © 2009 Author. IFLA Journal 35(2): 183–185.
ISSN: 0340-0352. DOI: 10.1177/0340035209105674
183
Sofia Kapnisi
to support the request of the language groups that
IFLA supports the language versions by paying
for the publishing costs (paper and equipment).
At the IFLA World Library and Information Congress at Québec City, in August 2008, all IFLA
languages were represented for the first time. To
achieve the best results the National Committee
provided a coordinator who ensured the correct
and on time cooperation between news gathering volunteers, translators and editors in order to
produce interesting and high quality daily newsletters in all official IFLA languages. In the future
IFLA hopes to appoint a ‘permanent IFLA Express Coordinator’ to work for several IFLA Congresses, hoping to use the accumulated knowledge
and experience to improve IFLA Express even
further.
To provide high quality language services is also
the task of the interpreters who offer simultaneous
interpretation to the congress participants. IFLA
has built through the years an experienced team
of interpreters consisting mainly of library and
information professionals. This long-term relationship is strongly encouraged by IFLA in order
to preserve and enrich the interpreters’ mastery
of professional terminology. At the IFLA congress in Québec City a team of approximately
30 interpreters represented all official languages.
The practical and technical aspects (e.g. the number of interpreters’ booths, the room size, the
available headphones, etc.), are organized each time
according to the possibilities of the host country.
However, simultaneous interpretation is provided
for all plenary sessions of the Congress and for two
selected parallel sessions. The IFLA interpreters
are volunteers. They are motivated by their devotion to the library and information profession and
the experience of the annual congress itself. Their
work is immense if we consider the number of
papers (more than 200) that are presented at the
congress and the difficulties that they encounter
because the speakers come from many parts of
the world and speak with various accents. IFLA
promotes and acknowledges their contribution
by inviting and hosting them at its expense. To
ensure that the needs of interpreters are taken
into account, IFLA provides administrative and
logistical support, including the issuing of instructions to the speakers and to the session chairs.
IFLA Chinese Language Centre established at the National Library of China, Beijing
In February 2009 the International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions (IFLA) and the
National Library of China (NLC) in Beijing signed a cooperation agreement by which NLC received the
status of IFLA Chinese Language Centre. It can now be seen as a permanent representative of IFLA/HQ
for the Chinese speaking community, as well as the other way around: it is hoped that IFLA/HQ will
get improved access to Chinese speaking library and information professionals. The IFLA Chinese
Language Centre will promote IFLA, support IFLA’s Asia and Oceania Section as well as other relevant
IFLA professional bodies and liaise with IFLA/HQ. Among the priorities of the Centre are:
1. Active membership recruitment. This will be conducted with the help of national or other association members and/or national libraries. Institutions and associations (including specialist and
state associations) within the Chinese language community will be actively encouraged to join
IFLA.
2. (Co-) organising regional IFLA events. These will be co-organised with IFLA/HQ, and/or with
IFLA professional units (Sections and Core Activities). This activity includes seeking sources for
funding of IFLA projects.
3. Seek involvement in local or regional professional events to gain support within the Chinese
language community, trying to get IFLA ‘branding’ of local or regional events.
4. Contribute to more effective communication within the Chinese language community and with the
IFLA bodies involved. These activities include the publication of newsletters, translations of key
IFLA documents and publications and the production of a Chinese translation of IFLA Express
during IFLA’s annual congresses.
5. Representing IFLA in the Chinese language community, in a pursuit to make IFLA more visible
in that community, promoting IFLA goals, principles and core values.
6. Translation of key IFLA documents, guidelines, press-releases, papers prepared for the Assembly
Meetings etc.
For further information about the Centre and its activities please contact: Mr. Yan Xiangdong.
Fax +86-10-68419271. E-mail:
[email protected]
184
IFLA and Language Diversity
Leaving the busy congress period and coming
back to the everyday work at IFLA HQ, it is notable that the staff members use English as working language but can communicate, not only in
some of the official IFLA languages, but also in
their own languages, which include Brazilian
Portuguese, Dutch, Greek and Finnish. For such
a small group, this is indicative of IFLA’ s appreciation for people who have other words for things
and thoughts.
Sofia Kapnisi is Professional Communication
Officer at IFLA Headquarters. She may be contacted at:
[email protected]
185
Sanjay Kumar Bihani
International Conference of Asian Special
Libraries (ICoASL 2008): Report
Sanjay K. Bihani
Introduction
Sessions and Events
The Special Libraries Association (SLA) is one
of the largest International Associations with
13,000 members in 83 countries with 58 chapters
and 25 divisions. The Asian chapter of SLA is
one of the biggest chapters, covering a large geographical area consisting of over 20 countries
of Asia.
The first day’s sessions were dedicated to ‘Information Resources and Services’, ‘Resource Sharing
and Networking’ and ‘Information Literacy and
Rural Information Services’. There were product
presentations from Nature Publishing Group,
Ebrary, Springer and ProQuest in the afternoon.
There was a cultural programme in the evening
and a conference dinner.
The theme of the Conference was ‘ICoASL 2008 –
Shaping the future of special libraries: beyond
boundaries’. The conference was organized by
the SLA Asian chapter in association with the
Society for Library Professionals (SLP) and the
Indian Association of Special Libraries and information Centers (IASLIC) at the India Islamic
Cultural Centre in New Delhi (India) from 26–28
November 2008. The principal objective was
to provide a platform for cooperation among
information professionals in Asia with a global
perspective.
The conference was inaugurated by Professor
B.B. Bhattacharya, Vice Chancellor of Jawaharlal
Nehru University. In his inaugural address he
emphasized the role of libraries for academic institutions and also for research. In his presidential
address, Mr. Stephen Abram, President of SLA,
emphasized the role of SLA in the development
of LIS activities worldwide. He also emphasized
the SLA Asian Chapter’s role for special libraries
in the region.
The conference was attended by more than 300
delegates. Most of the delegates were from different parts of India but delegates from Pakistan,
Iran, Afghanistan, China, USA and some other
Asian countries were also present. During every
session there were one or two invited papers or
talks by eminent professionals and three to six
papers were presented.
186
I F LA
The second day started with a keynote address
by Dr. Krishan Lal of the National Physical
Laboratory, Delhi and the main sessions were
dedicated to ‘Digital Libraries and Preservation’,
‘Corporate Libraries and Information Marketing’ and ‘Web 2.0 and LIS Marketing’. A poster
session was organized in the afternoon and a
panel discussion took place in the evening on the
role of library associations. At the end of the day,
a meeting of all SLA members was organized.
The third and last day was started with a keynote
address by Jack W. Plunkett on ‘Plunkett’s Top
10 Global Business Trends You Must Know About
to Succeed’. The last day’s sessions were dedicated to ‘LIS Profession’, ‘E-learning and Distance
Learning’ and ‘Special Library Case Studies’. There
was a panel discussion in the afternoon on LIS
career and opportunities before the valedictory
function.
The Conference was successful in its objectives.
Sanjay K Bihani is working in the Ministry of External Affairs of Government of India in New Delhi.
He is a Standing Committee Member of the IFLA
Asia and Oceania Section and the Government
Libraries Section. He is also a Member of the IFLA
CLM Committee and the Editorial Committee of
IFLA Journal. He may be contacted at alio@mea.
gov.in or
[email protected]
Copyright © 2009 Author. IFLA Journal 35(2): 186.
ISSN: 0340-0352. DOI: 10.1177/0340035209105675
News
News
NEWS
From the Secretariat
Chair of Division IV – Support of
the Profession:
NEWS CONTENTS
From the Secretariat . . . . . .
Membership Matters. . . . . .
Future IFLA Conferences
and Meetings . . . . . . . . .
IFLA Publications . . . . . . . .
Other Publications . . . . . . .
187
188
188
191
193
New Staff Member:
Louis Tákacs
Michael Heaney, Executive Secretary, Oxford University Library
Services, Clarendon Building,
Bodleian Library, Oxford OX1
3BG, United Kingdom
Chair of Division V – Regions:
Election Results
The results of the elections for Chair
of the Professional Committee
and Chairs of IFLA Divisions I-V,
2009–2011 are as follows:
Buhle Mb ambo-That a, Buhle
Mbambo-Thata, Executive Director, UNISA, Library Services,
PO Box 392, Pretoria 0003, South
Africa
Sjoerd Koopman
Chair of the Professional Committee:
Patrice Landry, Chief of Classification and Indexing, Swiss National
Library, Hallwylstrasse 15, 3003
BERN, Switzerland.
Chair of Division I – Library Types:
Steve Witt, Associate Director, Center for Global Studies, University of
Illinois, 302 East John, Suite 1705,
Champaign, IL 61820 MC-428,
United States
Chair of Division II – Library
Collections:
Ann Okerson, Associate University
Librarian for Collections & International Programs, Yale University
Library, Sterling Memorial Library –
116B, 130 Wall Street, New Haven,
CT 06520, United States
NGOs Intensify
Cooperation on
Convergence
On 21 November 2008 IFLA President Claudia Lux initiated the first
NGO Meeting on Convergence. The
outcome of this meeting was that
IFLA and its sister organizations for
archives (ICA), museums (ICOM),
monuments and sites (ICOMOS),
and the Council for Audiovisual
Archives (CCAAA) plan to intensify
cooperation in areas such as copyright and other legal matters, protection and preservation of cultural
heritage (Blue Shield), global
digital libraries, political lobby and
standardization.
Chair of Division III – Library
Services:
To support this initiative, IFLA takes
up the convergence secretariat for 2
years. The NGO convergence group
can be reached at: convergence@
ifla.org.
Judy Field, Senior Lecturer, Library
and Information Science, Wayne
State University, 106 Kresge, Detroit,
MI 48202, United States
For more information see the collective communiqué at http://www.ifla.
org/III/announce/convergencecommunique-200812-09.pdf
I F LA
On March 9 I started to work at IFLA
Headquarters as Communication
Officer /Web Content Editor, being
responsible for the content on the
new IFLA website.
Since completing my MLIS in 2003,
the trajectory of my professional
‘library career’ appears to take
me further and further north and
eastward, and has evolved along
the way. This trajectory has also
been aided by being a dual USHungarian citizen, which has fortunately allowed me to enter the EU
workforce without issue. But like
so many of my colleagues, I first
worked in a library while attending
university – all the while not knowing that I was making the unspoken,
but non-negotiable commitment to
stay! I’ve had a passion for libraries
and all they represent ever since.
First there was Columbia and St.
Louis (Missouri), then Chicago, &
Evanston (Illinois) in the United
States and now Den Haag, The
Netherlans. Until November 2008,
Copyright © 2009 International Federation of Library Associations &
Institutions (www.ifla.org). IFLA Journal 35(2): 187–194.
ISSN: 0340-0352. DOI: 10.1177/0340035209105676
187
Membership Matters
I worked at Northwestern University as International Documents
Librarian…which basically translates into a reference librarian
devoted to use, promotion and preservation of ‘official’ government
publications/information from a
variety of IGOs, NGOs, and governments. This position of course involved a good deal of public service
in a variety of mediums, but also
some creative/professional writing
for the web. I was always wanting
to expand the latter role while still
remaining engaged in the former
and I believe I’ve found the right
balance in this new position.
So, from working in circulation,
technical services, cataloging and
reference departments in several
public and academic libraries – as
well as some occasional forays as a
freelance researcher for documentary film – I suppose I’ve changed
perspectives on the field once
again by coming to IFLA. But
while the geography and job titles
have changed, I believe my commitment to the profession will only
be strengthened by joining an organization so fundamentally devoted to the mission of libraries and
librarians.
I look forward to the work ahead
with my colleagues at IFLA HQ,
as well as with IFLA’s Information
Coordinators and other web editors
around the world, to help bring the
new IFLA website into the Web 2.0
world.
Outside of libraries I enjoy cycling,
hiking, writing, photography, cooking, and of course reading!
Contact details at IFLA HQ:
Louis.
[email protected]; Tel.
+31 70 3140 757
Louis Tákacs
New Organizational
Structure at IFLA HQ
The new organizational structure at IFLA HQ is shown in the
organogram on page 189.
Membership Matters
New Members
We bid a warm welcome to 30 new
members who have joined the
Federation between 14 December
2008 and 16 March 2009.
National Associations
Library and Information Association
of Eritrea, Eritrea
Norwegian Union of Municipal and
General Employees, Norway
Institutions
Australian Institute of Aboriginal
and Torres Strait Islander Studies
(AIATSIS), Australia
IUB Library, Independent University,
Bangladesh, Bangladesh
Vlaams Parlement, Informatheek,
Belgium
Ryerson University, Canada
University of Brunswick, Libraries,
Canada
Tartu University Library, Estonia
Häme City Library – Häme Provincial Library, Finland
Joensuu Regional Library, Finland
Library of the Zentralinstitut für
Kunstgeschichte, Germany
Hogeschule der Medien Stuttgart,
Studiengang Bibliotheks-und
Informationsmanagement,
Germany
Universitätsbibliothek der Technischen Universität Muenchen,
Germany
The American University of Rome,
Italy
Amman Public Libraries Department, Jordan
Princess Sumaya University for
Technology, El Hassan Library
and Media Center, Jordan
Christchurch City Libraries, New
Zealand
Kristiansand Public Library, Norway
Department of Information –
UNISA, South Africa
National Research Foundation,
South Africa
One Person Resource Centre
Museum of International Folk Art,
United States
Personal Affiliates
Mahalya Havard, Canada
Marlene Bejarano Herrera,
Colombia
Bruce Royan, United Kingdom
Felicia Smith, United States
Marwa El Sahn, Egypt
Student Affiliates
Heather Wakefield, United States
Jamilla Johnston, United States
Susan Bushnell, United States
Patricia Moran, United States
Future IFLA Conferences and Meetings
Libraries for the Blind
IFLA Libraries Serving Persons
with Print Disabilities Section PreConference. Mechelen, Belgium
188
and Maastricht, Netherlands, 17–20
August 2009. Theme: Partnerships
for print disabled people: publishers
and public libraries.
Further information:
[email protected]
CPDWL and New
Professionals
Continuing Professional Development and Workplace Learning
Membership Matters
189
Future IFLA Conferences and Meetings
Section and the New Professionals
Discussion Group. IFLA Satellite
Conference. University of Bologna,
Italy. August 18, 19, and 20, 2009.
Theme: Moving in, moving up, and
moving on: Strategies for regenerating the library and information
profession.
Further information: Loida GarciaFebo, Assistant Coordinator, Special Services, Queens Library,
89–11 Merrick Blvd., Jamaica,
NY 11432, USA. E-mail:
[email protected]
Public Libraries and
Others
Interlending and
Document Supply
Public Libraries, Library Buildings
and Equipment, Library Theory and
Research, Management and Marketing, and Academic and Research
Libraries Sections. Pre-conference,
Torino, 19–21 August 2009. Theme:
Libraries as space and place.
11th Interlending and Document
Supply Conference, Hanover,
Germany, 20–22 October 2009.
Theme: Strategic alliances and
partnerships in interlending and
document supply.
Further information: Marydee Ojala.
E-mail:
[email protected]
Topics will include:
OR
Roisin Gwyer, Associate University Librarian, The University Library, University of Portsmouth,
Cambridge Road, Portsmouth, PO1
2ST, England UK. E-mail: roisin.
[email protected]
Information Technology
and Web 2.0
IFLA Information Technology
Section, supported by the Libraries
and Web 2.0 Discussion Group.
Pre-Conference, Florence, 19–20
August 2009. Theme: Emerging
trends in technology: libraries
between Web 2.0, semantic web and
search technology.
Further information: Dr. Alenka
Kavcic-Colic, Head of the Library
Research Centre, National and
University Library, Turjaska 1, 1000
Ljubljana, Slovenia. Tel. (+381-1)
2001131. Fax: (+386-1) 4257293.
E-mail:
[email protected]
Literacy and Reading
and Children and
Young Adults
Literacy and Reading and Children
and Young Adults Sections. Preconference, Rome, 19–20 August
2009. Theme: Raising a nation
of readers: libraries as partners
in national reading projects and
programmes.
190
Classification and
Indexing
Classification and Indexing Section. Pre-conference, Florence,
Italy 20–21 August 2009. Theme:
Looking at the past and preparing
for the future.
Further information: Leda Bultrini.
E-mail:
[email protected]
OR Patrice Landry. Fax: +41 31 322
84 63. E-mail: patrice.landry@nb.
admin.ch
• cooperation in document supply
and interlending
• national and international experiences in resource sharing
• open access activities
• rights & distribution/licensing/
economic aspects
• future directions
Further information: Kim Baker,
Programme Executive: Document
Supply and Information Services
and Cape Town Campus Coordinator, National Library of South
Africa, PO Box 496, Cape Town,
8000, South Africa. Tel: +27 21 487
5604. Fax: +27 21 423 3359. E-Mail:
[email protected]
IFLA World Library and
Information Congress
2009 in Italy
Information Literacy
Course
IFLA World Library and Information Congress: 75th IFLA General Conference and Council, 23–27
August 2009. Milan, Italy. Theme:
Libraries create futures: building on
digital heritage.
IFLA ALP Short Course on Information Literacy and IT for
Information Professionals in
Asia and Oceania. Wellington,
New Zealand, 16 November –11
December 2009.
Further information: IFLA 2009
Secretariat, 4B, 50 Speirs Wharf,
Port Dundas, Glasgow G4 9TH,
Scotland, UK. Tel: +44(0)141 331
0123. Fax: +44(0)207 117 4561.
E-mail:
[email protected] Conference website: http://www.ifla.org/
IV/ifla75/1st-ann2009-en.pdf
This four-week course organized
on behalf of IFLA ALP is now in its
seventh year in New Zealand. The
overall theme is information literacy,
with special reference to needs and
developments of countries in Asia
and Oceania. The course will cover
the basics of information literacy
and information literacy training
skills needed by information professionals in a variety of settings,
as well as current and emerging IT
applications in libraries. Classroom
participation and hands-on practice
will be interspersed with visits to
OR
Milan City National Committee,
IFLA 2009 Milan, Italy, Associazione
Italiana Biblioteche. E-mail:
[email protected] Website: www.aib.it
IFLA Publications
leading libraries and information
agencies in Wellington, the capital
of New Zealand and home to a wide
array of 'cutting-edge' information
organizations.
The course will be based primarily at
the Victoria University of Wellington
Library and taught by leading educators in library and information
management, as well as practitioners with considerable experience in
the delivery of information literacy
programmes. There are also visits
to major libraries and information
services in the Greater Wellington
region.
While the course is purposely small,
to allow one-on-one training and
closely monitored IT lab work,
there are limited vacancies for feepaying students. A fee of USD 3,000
covers all tuition, course materials
and accommodation in comfortable
university housing. Airfares, visas and
meals are an additional expense.
The final selection of applicants will
be made no later than the beginning
of August 2009.
There is no application form, but
potential participants should send
an email message outlining: professional education; professional
work experience; level of English
ability; reasons for wishing to attend the course; self-assessed IT
capabilities; source of funding.
Please email this information as
soon as possible to: Professor G. E.
Gorman or Dr Daniel Dorner, AsiaNew Zealand Informatics Associates,
Wellington, New Zealand. E-mail:
[email protected]
IFLA World Library and
Information Congress
2010 in Australia
IFLA World Library and Information Congress: 76th IFLA General
Conference and Council, August
14–19, 2010. Brisbane, Australia.
Theme: Engaging, Embracing,
Empowering.
Further information from: IFLA
Headquarters, PO Box 95312, 2509
CH The Hague, The Netherlands.
Tel. +31 70 314 0884. Fax:
+31 70 383 4827. E-mail: ifla@ifla.
org. Website: www.ifla.org
IFLA World Library
and Information
Congress 2011 in
Puerto Rico
During the closing session of the
World Library and Information
Congress in Quebec, it was announced that Puerto Rico had been
selected as the host country for the
2011 Congress. Further details will
be available at a later date.
IFLA Publications
I F L A A n n u a l R e p o r t 2 0 07.
Compiled and edited by IF LA
Headquarters. The Hague, IFLA
Headquarters, 2009. 24 p. 30
cm. ISBN 978?90?77897?34?8.
Available online at the IFLA website:
http://www.ifla.org/V/cdoc/index.
htm#AnnualReports
Libraries and Information Services
Towards the Attainment of the
UN Millennium Development
Goals. Edited by Benson Njobvu
and Sjoerd Koopman. Munich: K.G.
Saur, 2008. (IFLA Publications;
134) ISBN 978-3-598-22040-1.
Price: EUR 79.95 (EUR 73.50 for
IFLA Members). Price for USA,
Canada, Mexico USD 112.00 (USD
84.00 for IFLA Members)
The United Nations Millennium
declarations of 2002 set eight
Millennium Development Goals
(MDGs) to be achieved by 2015. The
high poverty levels in most African
countries make many aware that it
is no longer up to the governments
alone to find ways of abetting it,
but that other organizations need
to join the fight. Libraries are well
placed to contribute to the development process in supporting it by
providing relevant, up to date and
reliable information.
The papers presented in this publication address the question how
African libraries and information
professionals seek to make themselves relevant to national development. All of them focus on how
libraries and information centres
could contribute to the attainment
of these MDGs. The papers are a
selection of the proceedings of the
Eighteenth Standing Conference
of East, Central and Southern
Africa Library and Information
Associations (SCECSAL) held in
Lusaka, Zambia, from 15th–18th
July 2008.
The Impact of Digital Technology
on Contemporary and Historic
Newspapers. Proceedings of the
International Newspaper Conference, Singapore, April 1–3, 2008,
and papers from the World Library
and Information Congress, Québec,
Canada, August, 2008. Edited by
Hartmut Walravens. In collaboration with the National Library
of Singapore. Munich: K.G. Saur,
2008 (IFLA Publications; 135).
ISBN 978-3-598-22041-8. Price:
EUR 99.95 (EUR 75.00 for IFLA
Members). Price for USA, Canada,
Mexico USD 140.00 (USD 105.00
for IFLA Members). Also available
as an eBook.
Contents
Foreword – Hartmut Walravens,
Chair, IFLA Newspapers Section
Preface – Ngian Lek Choh, Director,
National Library Singapore
Keynote Address – Hartmut
Walravens, Chair, IFLA Newspapers
Section
191
IFLA Publications
Track 1: Physical and Digital
Preservation of Newspapers
The Future of Newspaper Resource:
The development of newspaper
companies and its impact on
libraries in managing newspaper
resource, education and information
literacy programmes – Idris Rashid
Khan Surattee
The Australian Newspaper Plan
(ANPlan) – Pam Gatenby
The Importance of Partnerships for
Newspaper Preservation – Beth M.
Robertson
Parallel Session A: Digitization of
Historic Newspapers: Approaches
and Challenges
Digitizing Historic Newspapers in
Germany: the case of Bavaria –
Klaus Ceynowa
19th Century British Library
Newspapers: utilizing the online
database– Ed King
Newspaper Digitization in the
Netherlands: The Dutch Digital
Databank for Newspapers and other
initiatives – Astrid Verheusen
Digital Ingest of Current Newspapers
by the Bibliothèque Nationale de
France: The situation end 2007/
beginning 2008 – Else Delaunay
Track 2: Service and Access Models
of Southeast Asian Newspapers
Cooperative Efforts in the Preservation of and Access to the World's
Newspapers – James Simon
The Index to Philippine Newspapers
(IPN) Online – Chito N. Angeles
Service and Processing of Newspaper
in Supporting Research: A case
study of libraries of universities in
Surabaya – Munawaroh
Enhancing Access to the Newspaper
Collections: The Lee Kong Chian
Reference Library experience –
Gracie Lee and Josephine Yeo
Publication, Access and Preservation
of Scandinavian Immigrant Press in
North America – James Simon and
Patricia Finney
Press, Community, and Library – A
study of the Chinese-language
newspaper published in North
America – Tao Yang
IFLA Publications are available from:
K. G. Saur Verlag: www.saur.de
OR
Rhenus Medien Logistik GmbH &
Co. KG, Justus-von-Liebig-Straße
1, 86899 Landsberg, Germany.
Tel. +49 (0)8191 9 70 00-214. Fax:
+49 (0)8191 9 70 00-560. E-mail:
[email protected]
For the USA – Canada – Mexico:
Walter de Gruyter, Inc., P.O. Box
960, Herndon, VA 20172-0960,
USA. Phone: + 1 (703) 661-1589.
Toll free: +1 (800) 208-8144.
Fax: +1 (703) 661-1501. E-mail:
degruytermail@presswarehouse.
com
Track 3: Online Newspapers
Online Newspapers: a new era – Ed
King
Parallel Session B: Challenges
and Opportunities in Digitization
Projects
Newslink 2.0: major issues in the development of the SPH Multimedia
News Archives – Tay Sok Cheng,
Sebastian Chow and Ben Lim
The California Digital Newspaper
Project: canvassing, cataloging,
preservation, digitization – Henry
L. Snyder
All News but No Paper – Harvesting
Swedish online newspapers – Pär
Nilsson
New Access to Old Materials: The
Hong Kong Newspaper Literary
Supplements Digitization Project –
Leo F. H. Ma & Louise L. M.
Chan
Appendix: Papers presented at the
IFLA conference «Libraries without
borders: Navigating towards global
understanding», 10–14 August
2008, Québec, Canada
Creation of a National Newspaper
Repository at the University of
Zimbabwe (UZ) Library – Edward
Tasikani
Canadian Inuit Newspapers and
Periodicals: past, present and
future – Sharon Rankin
Track 1: Physical and Digital Preservation of Newspapers: the Issues of
Legal Deposit and Copyright
192
Widening Access and Legal Issues:
Newspapers in Focus – Majlis
Bremer–Laamanen
Sauvegarder et numériser la presse
des immigrations en France à la
BnF, XIXème–XXème siècles –
Philippe Mezzasalma
IFLA World Report 2009
The IFLA/FAIFE World Report is
a series of reports on freedom of
access to information and freedom
of expression that IFLA has been
publishing since 2001. For details
see http://www.ifla.org/faife/index.
htm and http://www.ifla.org/faife/
report/intro.htm.
This year IFLA again intends to
publish an online report, Volume
VIII, updating the information of
the previous reports and expanding
on a number of issues that were not
covered in the previous reports.
The Department of Information
Science at the University of Pretoria
in South Africa was contracted to
compile the 2007 World Report and
they have again been contracted to
compile the 2009 World Report. The
questionnaire will this year again
be available in English, French
and Spanish. The data collection
Other Publications
for the World Report will be done
electronically via a secure site on the
Web, and a respondent has to register
on this website to be validated as a
respondent for a specific country.
This production version of the World
Report will run on a secure server
and allow access based on login
names and passwords. The SSL
certificate is provided by Thawte
(http://www.thawte.com/) and
provides 256-bit SSL encryption,
the current industry standard. Only
the respondent for a specific country will be able to access his/her
specific country report (obviously
in addition to the research team)
and nobody else will have access to
these primary data. We can therefore guarantee that the data the
respondent provides are safe, cannot
be accessed by any outside parties
and cannot be tampered with.
E-mails inviting possible respondents will be sent out in the near
future and respondents will be requested to indicate their willingness to participate. These possible
respondents have been identified
because they are members of the
FAIFE Committee, or have been
previous respondents for specific
countries, or are senior members
of the country’s library association
or national library.
If you feel that you can make a contribution to the project and have
not been contacted by the Research
Team by the end of March 2009,
please send an e-mail to the Research
Team at
[email protected].
We look forward to the support and
cooperation of many librarians and
information professionals across the
world to make the World Report
2009 a comprehensive and detailed
report!
Prof Theo Bothma (On behalf of
the Research Team)
18 March 2009
Other Publications
Journal of Library Innovation
The Journal of Library Innovation
is seeking submissions for publication for its inaugural issue in
January 2010. The journal, one of
the first journals devoted explicitly to innovation and creativity
in libraries, is a peer reviewed,
electronic journal published by
the Western New York Library
Resources Council. Its mission is
to disseminate research and information on innovative practice in
libraries of all types. Innovation
in libraries can include, but is not
limited to the following:
• The discovery of unmet user
needs.
• The introduction of new services
or the retooling of traditional
services resulting in a better user
experience.
• Creative collaboration between
libraries, or between libraries
and other types of institutions,
resulting in demonstrable improvements in service to users.
• Implementing new technologies
to improve and extend library
service to meet user needs.
• Explorations of the future of
libraries.
• Pilot testing unconventional
ideas and services.
• Redefining the roles of library
staff to better serve users.
• Developing processes that encourage organizational innovation.
• Reaching out to and engaging
library users and non-users in
new and creative ways.
• Creative library instruction and
patron programming.
• Finding new ways to make library
collections or library facilities
more useful.
The Journal of Library Innovation
publishes original research, literature reviews, commentaries, case
studies, reports on innovative practices, and book, conference and
product reviews. The journal also
welcomes provocative essays that
will stimulate thought on the current and future role of libraries in
an Internet Age.
For more information and submission guidelines visit http://www.
libraryinnovation.org or contact
Pamela Jones, the Managing Editor,
at
[email protected].
Informed Librarian Online
Information professionals can
customize their professional reading with The Informed Librarian
Online. Each month's issue (by
email and on the web) includes links
to all journal titles relating to the
chosen subjects. The 320 journals
covered by this current awareness
service are divided among 31 subjects. Subscribers can also use ILO
Search, a database of library literature searching through more
than 90,000 library journal articles
and documents which is available
exclusively at The Informed Librarian Online. In addition, this service provides links to all journal
contents that came out during the
month. Premium content from
journal publishers (full-text journal
articles from Elsevier, Emerald, IOS
Press, Sage, Haworth, and Taylor
& Francis) is also accessible to
subscribers.
More information: www.informedlibrarian.com
Author Mapper
Springer Science+Business Media
(www.springer.com) has launched
the website www.AuthorMapper.
com, a free analytical online tool
for discerning trends, patterns and
subject experts within scientific
research.
Currently, AuthorMapper.com
searches over three million journal
193
Other Publications
articles to deliver a variety of useful
information. The current searchable content is from all Springer
journals; metadata from other STM
publishers will be included in the
near future. The tool can provide a
variety of analyses, such as keyword
tag clouds and ‘Top 5’ bar charts
for various important metrics, and
includes an interactive world map
of the results. The advanced search
194
function also allows complex
queries using keyword, discipline,
institution, journal and author.
The results can identify new and
historic scientific trends through
timeline graphs and bar charts of
top statistics, allowing for identification of trends in the literature,
discovery of wider scientific relationships, and locating other experts in a field of study. Users who
are only interested in open access
content can restrict their searches
accordingly. AuthorMapper.com
shows which institutions are
the most prolific in specific research areas and allows for their
comparison.
Further information: Renate Bayaz
E-mail:
[email protected]
Tel. +49-171-8668118.
International Calendar
INTERNATIONAL CALENDAR
2009
July 5–10, 2009. Amsterdam,
Netherlands.
International Association of
Music Libraries, Archives and
Documentation Centres (IAML).
Annual Conference.
Further information: http://
www.iaml.info/en/activities/
conferences or e-mail Roger
Flury, AML Secretary General
at:
[email protected]
July 10, 2009. Chicago, USA.
American Library Association
International Relations Round
Table. Pre-Conference, American
Library Association Annual
Conference. Theme: Digitization
in the developing world.
Further information: Jacqueline
Solis, Co-chair , International Relations Round Table Pre-Conference.
E-mail:
[email protected].
July 13–16, 2009, Las Vegas, USA.
WORLDCOMP'09. The 2009
World Congress in Computer
Science, Computer Engineering,
and Applied Computing. [composed of 22 Joint Conferences]
Further information: H. R. Arabnia,
PhD, Professor, Computer Science, Department of Computer
Science, University of Georgia,
415 Boyd Building, Athens,
Georgia 30602-7404, USA. Tel:
+1 (706) 542-3480. Fax: +1(706)
542-2966. E-mail:
[email protected].
edu Website: http://www.worldacademy-of-science.org
July 13–17, 2009. Accra, Ghana.
Second IAALD Africa Chapter
Conference. Theme: Towards
opening access to information
and knowledge in the agricultural sciences and technology in
Africa.
Further information will be posted
on the Chapter’s web site: http://
www.iaald-africa.org
July 27–31, 2009. Bento Gonçalves,
RS – Brazil. [NOTE CHANGE
OF VENUE]
WCCE 2009: 9th IFIP World
Conference on Computers in
Education.
Further information: Prof. Rosa
Vicari, Instituto de Informática,
Universidade Federal do Rio
Grande do Sul, Campus do Vale –
Instituto de Informática – Bloco
IV, Av. Bento Gonçalves, 9500 –
Bairro Agronomia, Caixa Postal
15064, 91501-970 Porto Alegre,
RS, Brazil. Telephone: +55 (0xx)51
3316 6801. Fax: +55 (0xx)51 3316
7308. E-mail:
[email protected]
Conference website: http://www.
wcce2009.org/
August 17–20, 2009. Mechelen,
Belgium and Maastricht,
Netherlands.
IFLA Libraries Serving Persons
with Print Disabilities Section
Pre-Conference. Theme: Partnerships for print disabled people:
publishers and public libraries.
Information and Registration
details: www.debibliotheken.
nl/P3IFLA2009
Further information:
[email protected]
August 18–20, 2009. Bologna, Italy.
IFLA Continuing Professional
Development and Workplace
Learning Section and the New
Professionals Discussion Group.
I F LA Satellite Conference.
Theme: Moving in, moving up,
and moving on: Strategies for
regenerating the library and information profession.
Further information: Loida
Garcia-Febo, Assistant Coordinator, Special Services, Queens
Library, 89–11 Merrick Blvd.,
Jamaica, NY 11432, USA. E-mail:
[email protected] OR
Roisin Gwyer, Associate University Librarian, The University
Library, University of Portsmouth,
Cambridge Road, Portsmouth,
I F LA
PO1 2ST, England UK. E-mail:
[email protected]
August 19–20, 2009. Rome, Italy.
Raising a Nation of Readers:
libraries as partners in national
reading projects and programmes. IFLA Pre-conference.
Sponsored by: IFLA Literacy
and Reading and Libraries for
Children and Young Adults Sections, Istituzione Biblioteche del
Comune di Roma, Goethe Institut
Italien, Associazione Italiana
Biblioteche.
Further information: www.
comune.roma.it/biblioteche/
IFLAsatellitemeeting
August 19–20, 2009. Florence, Italy.
IFLA Information Technology
Section supported by the Libraries and Web 2.0 Discussion
Group. IFLA Pre-conference.
Theme: Emerging trends in technology: libraries between Web
2.0, semantic web and search
technology.
Further information: Dr. Alenka
Kavcic-Colic, Head of the Library
Research Centre, National and
University Library, Turjaska 1,
1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia. Tel.
(+381-1) 2001131. Fax: (+386-1)
4 2 572 9 3 . E - m a i l : a l e n k a .
[email protected]
August 19–20, 2009. Rome, Italy.
IFLA Literacy and Reading and
Children and Young Adults
Sections. IFLA Pre-conference.
Theme: Raising a nation of
readers: libraries as partners in
national reading projects and
programmes.
Further information: Ivanka
Stricevic, PhD, Chair, Literacy
and Reading Section, University
of Zadar, Library and Information Science Department, M.
Pavlinovica bb, 23000 Zadar,
Croatia. Tel/fax +385 (0)23 311
540. E-mail: ivanka.stricevic@zg.
t-com.hr OR Ingrid Bon, Chair,
Copyright © 2009 International Federation of Library Associations &
Institutions (www.ifla.org). IFLA Journal 35(2): 195–196.
ISSN: 0340-0352. DOI: 10.1177/0340035209105677
195
International Calendar
Libraries for Children and Young
Adults Section, Biblioservice
Gelderland, Zeelandsingel 40,
6845 BH ARNHEM, The Netherlands. Tel. + (31) (26) 3860233.
Fax: + (31) (26) 3820019. E-mail:
[email protected]
August 19–21, 2009. Torino, Italy.
IFLA Public Libraries, Library
Buildings and Equipment, Library Theory and Research,
Management and Marketing,
and Academic and Research
Libraries Sections. IFLA Preconference. Theme: Libraries as
space and place.
Further information: Marydee
Ojala. E-mail: marydee@xmission.
com
August 20–21, 2009. Florence, Italy.
IFLA Classification and Indexing
Section. IFLA Pre-conference.
Theme: Looking at the past and
preparing for the future.
Further information: Leda Bultrini.
E-mail:
[email protected]
OR Patrice Landry. Fax: +41
31 322 84 63. E-mail: patrice.
[email protected]
August 23–27, 2009. Milan, Italy.
IFLA World Library and Information Congress: 75th IFLA
General Conference and Council.
Theme: Libraries create futures:
building on digital heritage.
Further information: IFLA 2009
Secretariat, 4B, 50 Speirs Wharf,
Port Dundas, Glasgow G4 9th,
Scotland, UK. Tel: +44(0)141 331
0123. Fax: +44(0)207 117 4561.
E-mail:
[email protected]
Conference website: http://www.
ifla.org/IV/ifla75/1st-ann2009en.pdf
or
Milan City National Committee,
IFLA 2009 Milan, Italy, Associazione Italiana Biblioteche.
E-mail:
[email protected]
Website: www.aib.it
October 20–22 2009. Hanover,
Germany .
11th Interlending and Document Supply Conference.
Theme: Strategic alliances and
196
partnerships in interlending and
document supply.
Further information: Kim Baker,
Programme Executive: Document
Supply and Information Services
and Cape Town Campus Coordinator, National Library of South
Africa, PO Box 496, Cape Town,
8000, South Africa. Tel: +27 21
487 5604. Fax: +27 21 423 3359.
E-mail:
[email protected]
October 29–30, 2009. The Hague,
The Netherlands.
International UDC Seminar
2009. Theme: Classification at a
crossroads – multiple directions
to usability.
Further information: E-mail:
[email protected] Conference website: http://www.udcc.
org/seminar2009/index.htm.
16 November –11 December 2009.
Wellington, New Zealand.
IFLA ALP Short Course on Information Literacy and IT for
Information Professionals in
Asia and Oceania.
Further information: Professor
G. E. Gorman or Dr Daniel Dorner,
Asia-New Zealand Informatics
Associates, Wellington, New
Zealand. E-mail: anzia@xtra.
co.nz
2010
June 27–July 2, 2010. Moscow,
Russia.
International Association of
Music Libraries, Archives and
Documentation Centres (IAML).
Annual Conference.
Further information: http://
www.iaml.info/en/activities/
conferences or e-mail Roger
Flury, AML Secretary General
at:
[email protected]
August 14–19, 2010. Brisbane,
Australia.
IFLA World Library and Information Congress: 76th IFLA
General Conference and Council. Theme: Engaging, Embracing,
Empowering.
Information regarding the 76th
IFLA General Conference and
Council will be available on the
IFLANET website at a later date:
http://www.ifla.org/IV/ifla76/
index.htm
Further information: IFLA Headquarters, PO Box 95312, 2509
CH The Hague, The Netherlands.
Phone: +31 70 314 0884. Fax: +31
70 383 4827. E-mail:
[email protected].
2011
Puerto Rico.
IFLA World Library and Information Congress: 77th IFLA General Conference and Council.
Information regarding the 77th
IFLA General Conference and
Council will be available at a later
date from IFLA Headquarters,
PO Box 95312, 2509 CH The
Hague, The Netherlands. Phone:
+31 70 314 0884. Fax: +31 70 383
4827. E-mail:
[email protected].
24–29 July.2011. Dublin, Ireland.
International Association of
Music Libraries, Archives and
Documentation Centres (IAML).
Annual Conference.
Further information: http://
www.iaml.info/en/activities/
conferences or e-mail Roger Flury,
AML Secretary General at: roger.
[email protected]
2012–2015
International Association of Music
Libraries, Archives and Documentation Centres (IAML). Further forthcoming conferences:
2011 Ireland, Dublin, 24–29 July
2012 Canada
2013 Denmark, Århus
2014 Austria, Vienna
2015 USA, New York
Further information: http://www.
iaml.info/en/activities/conferences
or e-mail Roger Flury, AML Secretary General at: roger.flury@natlib.
govt.nz
Sommaires
SOMMAIRES
Mauro Guerrini with the collaboration of Giovanna Frigimelica.
Libraries in Italy: a brief overview.
[Les bibliothèques en Italie: un
bref aperçu.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 94–116
Le réseau italien des bibliothèques
est complexe et difficile à comprendre. Cet article montre certaines
caractéristiques du système, qui
englobe les bibliothèques d’État,
universitaires, spécialisées, scolaires
et ecclésiastiques ainsi que des
fondations et des structures en
propriété privée. Il donne une vue
d’ensemble des principaux éléments historiques ainsi que des
principales tendances actuelles,
notamment éducation, législation,
nouveaux projets de bibliothèques,
etc. Il conclut avec des suggestions
de nouveaux services nationaux.
Paul Sturges. Stimulating IFLA’s
E t h i c a l C o n s c i e n c e : FA I F E
2003/2009. [Stimuler la conscience éthique de l’IFLA: FAIFE
2003/2009.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 117–122
Passe en revue les activités du Programme de l’IF LA 2003/2009
d’accès libre à l’information et à la
liberté d’expression (FAIFE), basé
sur trois types d’activités: intervention, éducation et lobbying. Ce
programme FAIFE est toujours
prêt à être mis en oeuvre en cas de
menace sur les stocks, les services
et le personnel des bibliothèques,
mais cela n’a pas été la principale
forme d’activité au cours de cette
période. Grâce à une subvention
de la Fondation suédoise contre le
Sida, FAIFE a mis au point un programme d’éducation consistant en
ateliers de formation qui utilisent du
matériel éducatif spécialement écrit
à cet effet. Au début, ils abordaient
les thèmes du manifeste Internet
de l’IFLA/UNESCO et de l’accès
aux informations sur le VIH/SIDA.
Depuis, un matériel éducatif supplémentaire sur les bibliothèques
et la transparence ainsi que l’accès
public aux informations de santé a
été mis au point. Les ateliers de formation menés par des instructeurs
FAIFE, forment des instructeurs
locaux afin qu’ils diffusent le message plus largement dans leur
propre pays et leur propre région.
Le centre des activités de lobbying de FAIFE a vu la création du
Manifeste de l’IFLA sur la transparence, la bonne gouvernance et
l’absence de corruption. On peut
maintenant distinguer un modèle
de développement d’une politique
participative qui conduit à des
ateliers de formation et au renforcement en conséquence de la capacité
de lobbying de la profession des
bibliothécaires.
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 131–140
Simon Ellis, Michael Heaney, Pierre
Meunier et Roswitha Poll. Global
Library Statistics. [Statistiques
bibliothécaires mondiales.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 123–133
– l’IFLA a un rôle important à
jouer en matière de conseils et
de développement de normes;
son rôle dans le développement
d’une politique nationale est
nécessairement limité.
– le Congrès est un lieu important
de rencontre et ses délibérations
sont une source d’inspiration
pour ceux qui y sont venus avec
un esprit ouvert.
– l’influence des travaux et des
délibérations du Congrès
pourrait être plus importante
s’ils étaient mis à disposition de
façon accessible en partenariat
avec des publications existantes
telles que le Journal de l’IFLA.
– pour les professionnels de la
jeune génération qui souhaitent
prendre des responsabilités, l’IFLA
est une organisation intimidante.
Lorsque l’IFLA a eu besoin de
données fiables concernant les bibliothèques et leurs services dans le
monde entier, on s’est aperçu que de
telles données n’existaient pas. Par
conséquent, la section Statistiques
et Évaluation de l’IFLA, l’Institut
des statistiques de l’UNESCO et le
Comité TC 46 SC 8 de l’Organisation
internationale de normalisation
(ISO) ‘Qualité, statistiques et évaluation des performances’ ont uni
leurs forces afin de développer et de
tester un nouvel ensemble de statistiques pouvant être utilisées par
les bibliothèques du monde entier.
L’objectif final est de rassembler
régulièrement ces statistiques au
niveau national, de façon à disposer
de données fiables et comparables
sur le plan international portant
sur les services bibliothécaires et
l’utilisation des bibliothèques.
Peter G. Underwood. Diffusion of
Professional Norms: the impact of
IFLA in South Africa. [Diffusion
des normes professionnelles: l’impact de l’IFLA en Afrique du Sud.]
I F LA
Il s’agit d’une étude de l’impact du
travail de l’IFLA, y compris son
rôle dans le développement de programmes portant sur la culture de
l’information ainsi que sur la profession bibliothécaire en Afrique
du Sud, et basée sur les opinions de
professionnels sud-africains ayant
assisté au Congrès mondial des
bibliothécaires et de l’information
lors de la 73e Conférence générale
de l’IFLA qui s’est tenue à Durban
du 19 au 23 août 2007. Cette conférence a donné lieu à une série de
groupes d’études et autres débats.
Voici les thèmes abordés au cours
des discussions:
Elisam Magara and Charles
Batambuze. The School Library
Development Programme in Pallisa
District, Uganda: An impact study.
[Le programme de développement
de bibliothèques scolaires dans
le district de Pallisa en Ouganda:
une étude d’impact.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 141–151
Cette étude détermine l’impact du
Programme de développement de
Copyright © 2009 International Federation of Library Associations &
Institutions (www.ifla.org). IFLA Journal 35(2): 197–204.
ISSN: 0340-0352. DOI: 10.1177/0340035209105678
197
Sommaires
Zusammenfassungen
bibliothèques scolaires (SLDP)
mis en place par l’Association
d’Afrique de l’Est pour le développement du livre (EABDA) sur
les écoles bénéficiaires dans le district de Pallisa. Le programme a été
financé par des fonds provenant
du prix d’alphabétisation Guust
van Wesemael, remis en 2007par
l’IFLA à la Fondation nationale
ougandaise pour le livre. Il a permis de rassembler des données
provenant des exécutants et des participants dans le district de Pallisa,
y compris enseignants, enfants,
directeurs d’écoles, enseignants bibliothécaires et Bureau du district
chargé de l’éducation. Il a été établi
qu’il y avait une utilisation significative (a) des aptitudes acquises
lors de la formation et (b) de la
donation des livres, de la gestion
des collections et de l’usage des bibliothèques. Bien que les écoles aient
mis en place des stratégies pour
permettre aux enfants d’emprunter
et de lire des livres, l’absence de bibliothèques construites sur mesure
avec des endroits convenables pour
s’asseoir et suffisamment d’espace
a limité les possibilités pour les
enfants d’utiliser la bibliothèque
et d’apprécier la lecture dans
les écoles. Il faut un programme
global de développement des
bibliothèques scolaires pour
mener les interventions afin d’approvisionner les bibliothèques
scolaires en livres convenables
et de promouvoir la lecture.
Paul Thirion et Bernard Pochet.
Information Literacy in Students
entering Higher Education in the
French Speaking Community
of Belgium: lessons learned from
an evaluation. [Compétences
documentaires et informationnelles des étudiants qui accèdent
à l ’e n s e i g n e m e n t s u p é r i e u r
en Communauté française de
Belgique : les leçons tirées d’une
évaluation.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 152–170
Bien que les universités offrent
de plus en plus à leurs étudiants
une formation à la culture de l’information, leur véritable niveau
en début d’études en matière de
compétences documentaires et
informationnelles n’a jamais été
déterminé. C’est pourquoi EduDOC
a décidé de faire équipe avec la
commission ‘Bibliothèques’ du
CIUF afin de mener une vaste étude
visant à décrire objectivement ce
niveau initial de compétences documentaires et informationnelles,
d’identifier les principales faiblesses
des étudiants, ainsi que de permettre
aux instructeurs d’ajuster leur formation en en tenant compte. Le
questionnaire s’est fondé sur une
étude similaire menée au Québec
et contient 20 questions regroupées
en cinq thèmes et en rapport avec
les étapes de recherche d’informations. Il a été envoyé en septembre
2007 à un échantillon d’étudiants
sélectionnés au hasard et nouveaux
venus dans un établissement d’enseignement supérieur de la Communauté française de Belgique.
Les résultats plutôt médiocres
des étudiants confirment qu’il est
impératif de mettre en place un programme consacré à la culture de
l’information pour que les étudiants
obtiennent de bons résultats au
cours de leurs études.
Shin Freedman. Effective Mentoring.
[Un mentorat efficace.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 171–182
Un mentorat efficace est essentiel
pour permettre le développement
et le succès des bibliothécaires dans
tous les types de bibliothèques.
Cet article étudie les possibilités
d’encourager les activités de mentorat pour les bibliothécaires en
début de carrière, les bibliothécaires
en milieu de carrière qui se recyclent et le personnel non professionnel des bibliothèques. En
premier lieu, l’article évoque les
études existantes afin de souligner
l’urgence d’activités de mentorat
pour contrebalancer la diminution
du nombre de bibliothécaires et
l’évolution de la profession de bibliothécaire, ainsi que pour tenir
compte des besoins permanents
en personnel. En second lieu, il
s’intéresse aux activités typiques
de mentorat des bibliothèques universitaires et des organisations
professionnelles, y compris leur
étendue et leurs limites. L’article
s’intéresse particulièrement aux
bibliothécaires académiques dans
un cadre universitaire. En troisième
lieu, il décrit les activités de mentorat
d’un bibliothécaire afin de soutenir
et d’encourager les bibliothécaires
débutants pour faire avancer leur
carrière en science de l’information et des bibliothèques, à devenir
des membres actifs d’associations
professionnelles et à envisager
des rôles éventuels de dirigeants.
L’article conclut avec (a) un compte
rendu de la façon dont les propres
rôles de mentorat et de mentoré
joués par l’auteur ont influencé son
orientation professionnelle et (b)
établit le rapport entre un mentorat
efficace et le leadership au sein des
bibliothèques. Il démontre comment le mentor efficace peut aider le
mentoré non seulement à naviguer
dans le dédale des organisations et
comités professionnels, mais aussi
à parvenir à une meilleure compréhension globale du projet des
bibliothèques sans frontières.
ZUSAMMENFASSUNGEN
Mauro Guerrini with the collaboration of Giovanna Frigimelica.
Libraries in Italy: a brief overview
[Bibliotheken in Italien: ein kurzer
Überblick.]
198
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 94–116
Das italienische Bibliotheksnetz ist
komplex und schwer verständlich.
Dieser Beitrag beschreibt einige
Charakteristika dieses Systems,
zu dem staatliche Bibliotheken,
Unibibliotheken, Spezialbibliotheken, öffentliche, schulische und
Zusammenfassungen
Sommaires
kirchliche Bibliotheken, Stiftungen
sowie in Privatbesitz befindliche
Einrichtungen gehören. Zudem wird
ein Überblick über die wesentlichen
historischen Eigenheiten geboten,
und es werden wichtige aktuelle
Trends beschrieben, beispielsweise
im Zusammenhang mit der Bildung,
Gesetzgebung, neuen Bibliotheksprojekten usw. Abschließend
unterbreiten die Autoren einige
Vorschläge in Bezug auf neue staatliche Dienstleistungen.
Paul Sturges. Stimulating IFLA’s
Ethical Conscience: FAIFE 2003–
2009. [Stärkung der ethischen
Grundsätze der IFLA: FAIFE
2003–2009.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 117–122
Der Autor bespricht die einzelnen
Tätigkeiten im Rahmen des
FAIFE – Programms der IFLA
(“Free Access to Information and
Freedom of Expression”) von
2003 bis 2009 [freier Zugang zu
Informationen und Freiheit der
Meinungsäußerung]. Im Einzelnen
stützt sich das auf drei verschiedene
Eckpfeiler: Intervention, Bildung
und Unterstützung. FAIFE ist weiterhin interventionsbereit, sollten
das Inventar, die Dienstleistungen
beziehungsweise die Mitarbeiter der
Bibliotheken bedroht werden; dies
galt jedoch nicht als Schwerpunkt
innerhalb des fraglichen Zeitraums.
Dank der finanziellen Unterstützung der schwedischen Sida hat
FAIFE ein Bildungsprogramm mit
entsprechenden Workshops entwickelt, wobei speziell konzipierte
Lern- und Arbeitsmaterialien zum
Einsatz gelangen. Dabei ging es in
erster Linie um das IFLA/UNESCO
Internet-Manifest und den Zugang
zu HIV/AIDS – Informationen.
Seitdem sind auch weitere Lernund Arbeitsmaterialien über Bibliotheken und Transparenz sowie
über den öffentlichen Zugang
zu medizinischen Informationen
entwickelt worden. Die Workshops unter der Leitung von FAIFETrainern dienen der Schulung
örtlicher Ausbilder, so dass diese
die Botschaft in ihrem eigenen
Land und ihrer eigenen Region
effektiver weitergeben können.
Schwerpunktmäßig hat sich die
Unterstützungsarbeit der FAIFE
auf die Erstellung des IFLAManifests über Transparenz, eine
verantwortungsbewusste Regierungsführung und Korruptionsbekämpfung konzentriert.
Damit schält sich nun ein Modell
der politischen und strategischen
Mitbestimmung heraus, auf dessen
Basis entsprechende SchulungsWorkshops durchgeführt werden
können und der unterstützende
Einfluss des bibliothekarischen
Berufsstandes konsequent gestärkt
werden kann.
Simon Ellis, Michael Heaney, Pierre
Meunier und Roswitha Poll. Global
Library Statistics. [Weltweite
Statistiken im Bibliothekswesen.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 123–130
Als die IFLA verlässliche Daten über
die Bibliotheken der Welt und die
dort angebotenen Dienstleistungen
benötigte, stellte sich heraus, dass
derartige Daten gar nicht vorliegen.
Daher haben sich die IFLA-Sektion
für Statistik und Evaluierung,
das UNESCO-Statistikinstitut
und der ISO-Ausschuss der Internationalen Organisation für
Normung (TC 46 SC 8: Qualität –
Statistik und Leistungsbewertung)
zusammengeschlossen, um neue
Statistiken, die von den Bibliotheken weltweit verwendet werden
können, zu entwickeln und zu
testen. Schließlich und endlich
sollen in diesem Zusammenhang
regelmäßig entsprechende nationale Statistiken erstellt werden,
so dass verlässliche und international vergleichbare Daten bezüglich
des Bibliotheksservice und der
Bibliotheksnutzung vorliegen.
Peter G. Underwood. Diffusion
of Professional Norms: the impact of IFLA in South Africa.
[Verbreitung professioneller Normen: die Bedeutung der IFLA in
Südafrika.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 131–140
Diese Studie befasst sich mit
der Bedeutung der Arbeit der
IFLA – einschließlich ihrer Rolle
bei der Entwicklung geeigneter
Programme zur Förderung der
Informationskompetenz –
für die Bibliotheksberufe in
Südafrika. Dies stützt sich auf
die Aussagen südafrikanischer
Bibliothekare, die am “World Library and Information Congress”
[Weltkongress Bibliothek und
Information]: der 73. IFLA – Generalkonferenz am 19. bis 23. August
2007 in Durban teilgenommen
haben. Dazu diente auch eine
Reihe von Interviews mit den
Fokusgruppen sowie weiteren
Gruppen. Aus diesen Diskussionen
haben sich folgende Themen
ergeben:
– Die IFLA spielt eine wichtige
Rolle im Zusammenhang mit
den Beratungs- und Lenkungstätigkeiten sowie im Hinblick
auf die Entwicklung geeigneter
Standards; ihr Einfluss auf die
politische Linie des jeweiligen
Landes ist notwendigerweise
begrenzt.
– Der Kongress ist ein wichtiger
Treffpunkt und die entsprechenden Berichte dienen als Inspirationsquelle für alle diejenigen,
die ”sorgfältig vorbereitet” hierher
kommen.
– Die Arbeit und die Berichte der
IFLA könnten an Bedeutung
gewinnen, wenn man sie in
zugänglicher Form in Kombination mit bereits existierenden
Publikationen wie dem IFLA –
Journal herausgeben würde.
– Die IFLA ist für jüngere Bibliothekare, die sich einbringen
möchten, eine beängstigende
Organisation.
Elisam Magara und Charles
Batambuze. The School Library
Development Programme in
Pallisa District, Uganda: an impact study. [Das Entwicklungsprogramm für Schulbibliotheken
im Pallisa-Distrikt in Uganda: Eine
Auswirkungsstudie.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 141–151
199
Sommaires
Zusammenfassungen
Dieser Beitrag analysiert die
Bedeutung des Entwicklungsprogramms für Schulbibiliotheken
[School Library Development Programme, SLDP) der East African
Book Development Association
(EABDA) [der ostafrikanischen
Buchentwicklungsgesellschaft] für
die betreuten Schulen im PallisaDistrikt. Finanziert wurde diese
Studie mit Geldmitteln aus dem
Guust van Wesemael Literacy Prize
[Alphabetisierungspreis], den die
IFLA dem National Book Trust of
Uganda im Jahr 2007 verliehen hat.
Die entsprechenden Daten haben
die Organisatoren und Teilnehmer
am Projekt für den Pallisa-Distrikt
geliefert; dabei wurden die Lehrer,
Kinder, Schulleiter, die Ausbilder
im Bibliothekswesen und auch
das District Education Office
[das Büro für das Bildungswesen]
angesprochen. In diesem Zusammenhang wurde festgestellt, dass
(a) die in den Schulungskursen
erworbenen Fähigkeiten sowie
(b) die Bücherspenden bei der
Verwaltung der Sammlungen und
der Nutzung der Bibliothek in
signifikanter Weise zum Einsatz
gelangten. Obwohl die Schulen
entsprechende Verfahren implementiert hatten, um den Kindern
das Ausleihen und Lesen der
Bücher zu ermöglichen, fehlen
zweckorientierte Bibliotheken mit
adäquaten Sitzgelegenheiten und
räumlichen Voraussetzungen, um
die Fähigkeiten der Kinder in Bezug
auf die Nutzung der Bibliothek
im vollen Umfang entwickeln zu
können, damit sie auch Gefallen
am Lesen in der Schule finden.
Hier fehlt ein groß angelegtes
Entwicklungsprogramm für
Schulbibliotheken, um geeignete
Interventionen zur Ausstattung
der Schulbibliotheken mit relevanten Büchern zu lenken und die
Lesegewohnheit zu fördern.
Paul Thirion und Bernard Pochet.
Information Literacy in Students
entering Higher Education in the
French Speaking Community
200
of Belgium: lessons learned
from an evaluation. [Die Informationskompetenz heutiger
Studienanfänger im frankophonen Belgien: Erfahrungen aus
einer Evaluierung.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 152–170
Obwohl die Universitäten ihren
Studenten im Grundstudium mehr
und mehr Kurse zur Verbesserung
der Informationskompetenz
anbieten, ist die tatsächliche Informationskompetenz bei den Studienanfängern niemals festgestellt
worden. Daher hat sich EduDOC
zum Zus ammenschluss mit
dem CIUF-Bibliotheksausschuss
entschlossen, um eine breit angelegte Studie durchzuführen, in
deren Rahmen diese anfängliche
Informationskompetenz objektiv
erfasst und die primären Schwächen
der Studenten festgestellt werden
sollen. Zudem soll den Kursleitern
damit die Möglichkeit geboten
werden, ihren Unterricht entsprechend anzupassen. Der Fragebogen
stützte sich auf eine ähnliche Studie
in Québec und enthielt 20 Fragen,
die gruppenweise fünf Themen
zuzuordnen waren, wobei es um
das genaue schrittweise Vorgehen
bei der Informationssuche ging.
Im September 2007 wurde dieser
Fragebogen an eine nach dem
Zufallsprinzip ausgewählte
Population an Studienanfängern
geschickt, die zum ersten Mal ein
Hochschulstudium im frankophonen
Belgien begannen. Die ziemlich
schlechten Ergebnisse der Studenten
bestätigen, dass die Einführung
eines Programms zur Förderung der
Informationskompetenz unerlässlich ist, wenn die Studenten gute
Studienleistungen erbringen sollen.
Shin Freedman. Effective Mentoring. [Ein wirksames Mentoring.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 171–182
Ein wirksames Mentoring ist für
das Wachstum und den Erfolg des
Bibliothekswesens in Bibliotheken
aller Art unabdingbar. Dieser Beitrag
beleuchtet die Möglichkeiten zur
Förderung des Mentorings bei bibliothekarischen Berufsanfängern
sowie für erfahrene Bibliothekare
bei einem Stellungswechsel in ihrem
beruflichen Werdegang und auch für
die nichtprofessionelle personelle
Besetzung in den Bibliotheken.
Zunächst geht der Artikel auf
vorliegende Studien ein, um die
Dringlichkeit eines MentoringProgramms zu unterstreichen,
auf die abnehmende Zahl der
Bibliothekare hinzuweisen und
die Änderungen im Bibliothekswesen im Hinblick auf das zur
Verfügung stehende Personal zu
unterstreichen sowie laufende
Besetzungsengpässe anzusprechen.
Zweitens dokumentiert dieser Text
die akademische Bibliothek und
bespricht die typischen MentoringTä t i g k e i t e n p r o f e s s i o n e l l e r
Verbände mit ihrer eingehenden
Behandlung aller Themen und
ihren Grenzen. Schwerpunktmäßig
konzentriert sich dieser Beitrag auf
Bibliothekare an Unibibliotheken.
Drittens werden die MentoringTätigkeiten eines Bibliothekars
beschrieben, die darauf abzielen,
die Berufsanfänger unter den Bibliothekaren zu unterstützen und zu
ermutigen, in der Bibliotheks- und
Informationswissenschaft Karriere
zu machen, den Berufsverbänden
als aktive Mitglieder beizutreten
und über mögliche Führungsrollen
nachzudenken. Abschließend folgt
(a) ein Bericht darüber, wie die
eigene Mentoren-/Menteerolle
der Autorin ihren professionellen
Werdegang beeinflusst hat und
(b) wird das wirksame Mentoring
mit Führungsqualitäten im Bibliothekswesen verknüpft. Die
Autorin zeigt auf, wie ein effektiver
Mentor dem Mentee dabei hilft,
sich nicht nur im Labyrinth der
professionellen Verbände und
Gremien zurechtzufinden, sondern
auch, ein globaleres Verständnis der
Plattform für Bibliotheken ohne
Grenzen zu wecken.
Resúmenes
Sommaires
RESÚMENES
Mauro Guerrini with the collaboration of Giovanna Frigimelica.
Libraries in Italy: a brief overview.
[Las bibliotecas italianas: una
breve descripción.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 94–116
La red italiana de bibliotecas es
compleja y difícil de explicar. Este
artículo expone algunas de las
características de este sistema, que
abarca bibliotecas, fundaciones y
centros privados de ámbito estatal,
universitario, especial, público,
escolar y eclesiástico. En él se
facilita una descripción general de
los principales rasgos históricos y
se exponen las tendencias actuales
más importantes, como la educación,
la legislación, nuevos proyectos
para bibliotecas, etc. El artículo
concluye aportando propuestas
para la incorporación de nuevos
servicios nacionales.
Paul Sturges. Stimulating IFLA’s
Ethical Conscience: FAIFE 2003–
2009. [Fomentar la conciencia ética
de IFLA: FAIFE 2003–2009].
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 117–122
Evaluación de las actividades del
programa Libre Acceso a la Información y Libertad de Expresión
de IFLA (FAIFE) de 2003 a 2009,
basada en tres tipos de actividades:
intervención, educación y defensa.
El programa FAIFE sigue estando
preparado para intervenir en
caso de amenaza al inventario,
los servicios y el personal de las
bibliotecas, pero éste no ha sido
el tipo de actividad predominante
durante el período. Con la ayuda
de una subvención de Swedish Sida,
FAIFE ha elaborado un programa
educativo compuesto por talleres,
utilizando materiales de aprendizaje
elaborados específicamente. Los
primeros talleres abordaron el
Manifiesto de Internet y el acceso a
la información sobre VIH/SIDA de
IFLA y la UNESCO. Desde entonces
se han elaborado más materiales de
aprendizaje sobre “Bibliotecas y
transparencia” y “Acceso público
a la información sanitaria”. Los
talleres, que son impartidos por profesores de FAIFE, tienen por objeto
formar a instructores locales para
difundir de una forma más amplia
el mensaje en sus propios países
y regiones. El elemento central
del trabajo de defensa de FAIFE
ha sido la creación del Manifiesto
de IF LA sobre transparencia,
buen gobierno y lucha contra la
corrupción (IFLA Manifesto on
Transparency, Good Governance
and Freedom from Corruption).
Ahora se puede identificar un
modelo de desarrollo de políticas
participativas que dé lugar a talleres
de formación, así como a un consecuente fortalecimiento de la
capacidad de apoyo de la profesión
bibliotecaria.
Simon Ellis, Michael Heaney, Pierre
Meunier y Roswitha Poll. Global
Library Statistics. [Estadísticas de
bibliotecas a escala mundial.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 123–130
Cuando IFLA tuvo necesidad de
recabar datos fiables sobre bibliotecas y los servicios que éstas
prestan en todo el mundo, se
encontró con que dichos datos no
existían. Por tanto, el departamento
de Estadísticas y Evaluación de
IFLA, el Instituto de Estadística de
la UNESCO y el Comité Técnico
ISO/TC 46, Información y Document ación, Subcomité S C 8,
Calidad-Estadísticas y evaluación
del rendimiento de Organización
Internacional para la Estandarización (ISO) han unido sus fuerzas
para elaborar y probar un nuevo
conjunto de estadísticas que podrían
utilizarse en las bibliotecas de todo
el mundo. El objetivo final es que
dichas estadísticas se recopilen periódicamente a escala nacional para que
existan datos fiables y comparables
internacionalmente de los servicios
que prestan las bibliotecas y el uso
que se hace de las mismas.
Peter G. Underwood. Diffusion
of Professional Norms: the impact of IFLA in South Africa.
[Difusión de las normas profesionales: el impacto de IFLA
en Sudáfrica.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 131–140
Un estudio sobre la repercusión
del trabajo de IFLA, incluida su
función en la capacitación de los
profesionales sudafricanos que
asistieron al Congreso Mundial
de Bibliotecas e Información de la
73ª Conferencia General de IFLA
celebrada en Durban los días 19
a 23 de agosto de 2007. Para ello
se han utilizado varios grupos de
discusión y entrevistas. Los temas
que surgieron a partir de dichos
debates fueron:
– Que IFLA desempeña una función
importante en el asesoramiento,
la orientación y la creación de
normas, y que su función en el
desarrollo de políticas nacionales
es necesariamente limitada.
– Que el Congreso constituye un
importante lugar de encuentro,
y sus actas son una fuente de
inspiración para todos aquellos
que acudan al mismo con una
“mente predispuesta”.
– Que la influencia de su trabajo y
sus eventos podrían ser mayores si
se comunicasen mediante formas
accesibles en colaboración con
publicaciones existentes, como
IFLA Journal.
– Que para los profesionales más
jóvenes que desean involucrarse,
IFLA puede resultar una organización desalentadora.
Elisam Magara y Charles Batambuze.
The School Library Development
Programme in Pallisa District,
Uganda: An impact study. [El
Programa de desarrollo de bibliotecas escolares en el distrito
de Pallisa, Uganda: un estudio de
impacto.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 141–151
201
Sommaires статей
Pефераты
Este estudio señala la influencia
del programa de desarrollo de
bibliotecas escolares (SLDP) de
la EABDA (Asociación de Asia
Oriental para el Desarrollo del Libro)
sobre las escuelas beneficiarias del
distrito de Pallisa. El estudio estuvo
financiado con fondos procedentes
del Premio de alfabetización Guust
van Wesemael que IFLA entregó
a la organización National Book
Trust de Uganda en 2007. Los datos
recopilados pertenecen a los responsables de la puesta en marcha
del proyecto y los participantes del
mismo, incluidos profesores, niños,
directores de centros educativos,
bibliotecarios y la oficina de educación del distrito. Se determinó
que existía una intensa utilización
de (a) las aptitudes adquiridas en
la formación y (b) la donación de
libros, la gestión de colecciones y
el uso de la biblioteca. Aunque los
colegios habían puesto en práctica estrategias para que los niños
pudiesen tomar prestados y leer
libros, la ausencia de bibliotecas
con suficiente espacio y con el
equipamiento necesario para que
los usuarios pudiesen sentarse ha
limitado las posibilidades de que
los niños utilicen la biblioteca y disfruten de la lectura en los colegios.
Es necesario contar con un programa integral para el desarrollo
de bibliotecas escolares que permita
guiar las actuaciones encaminadas
a dotar a las escuelas de libros
apropiados y promover la lectura.
comunidad francófona de Bélgica:
lecciones aprendidas a partir de
una evaluación.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 152–170
Paul Thirion y Bernard Pochet.
Information Literacy in Students
entering Higher Education in the
French Speaking Community of
Belgium: lessons learned from
an evaluation. [Conocimientos
en el ámbito de la información
de estudiantes que acceden a
la educación universitaria en la
Shin Freedman. Effective Mentoring. [Tutelaje eficaz.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 171–182
Aunque las universidades cada
vez ofrecen más formación en
materia de información a sus
estudiantes, nunca se ha evaluado
el nivel real de conocimientos en
esta materia al comienzo de los
estudios universitarios. Por tanto,
EduDOC ha decidido unirse a
la Comisión de bibliotecas CIUF
para organizar un estudio de
gran envergadura con el objeto
de describir de manera objetiva el
nivel inicial de conocimientos en
materia de información, identificar
las principales deficiencias de los
estudiantes y permitir a los instructores adaptar su formación
en consonancia. El cuestionario se
basa en un estudio similar llevado
a cabo en Québec, y contiene 20
preguntas agrupadas en cinco
temas sobre los pasos necesarios a
la hora de buscar información. El
cuestionario se envió en septiembre
de 2007 a una muestra aleatoria
de estudiantes que accedían por
primera vez a un centro universitario
en la comunidad francófona de
Bélgica. Los malos resultados de los
estudiantes confirman que, para que
éstos tengan éxito en sus estudios, es
fundamental organizar un programa
que proporcione conocimientos en
materia de información.
El tutelaje eficaz es esencial para
la mejora y el éxito del trabajo
de bibliotecario en todo tipo de
bibliotecas. Este artículo aborda
las posibilidades para fomentar
actividades de tutelaje entre los
bibliotecarios que comienzan su
carrera, que se encuentran en un
período de transición profesional y
empleados de bibliotecas sin cualificación profesional. En primer
lugar, el artículo describe los estudios
disponibles para ilustrar la urgencia
de las actividades de tutelaje con
el fin de abordar la reducción del
número de bibliotecarios y la rotación del personal de las bibliotecas, así como para respaldar
las necesidades de dotación de
personal en cada momento. En
segundo lugar, documenta las
actividades de tutelaje habituales
de las organizaciones de bibliotecas de carácter académico y profesional, incluidos sus límites y
envergadura. El artículo se centra
en los bibliotecarios académicos de
ámbito universitario. En tercer lugar,
describe las actividades de tutelaje
de un bibliotecario con el fin de
apoyar y motivar a los bibliotecarios
que comienzan sus carreras para
avanzar profesionalmente en el
mundo de la biblioteconomía y
ciencias de la información, para que
se conviertan en miembros activos
de las asociaciones profesionales,
y para que piensen en posibles
puestos directivos. El artículo
concluye (a) describiendo cómo las
funciones de tutelaje/alumno
que ha desempeñado la propia
autora han influido en la dirección que ha tomado su carrera y
(b) vinculando un tutelaje eficaz
con el liderazgo de las bibliotecas. Asimismo, demuestra de qué
forma el tutelaje eficaz ayudará al
alumno no sólo a orientarse por
el laberinto de organizaciones y
comités profesionales, sino también
a adquirir un conocimiento más
global de la plataforma de bibliotecas
sin fronteras.
Pефераты статей
Мауро Гуеррини в сотрудничестве
с Джиованной Фриджимеликой.
Libraries in Italy: a brief overview.
[Библиотеки в Италии: краткий
обзор.]
202
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 94–116
Библиотечная сеть в Италии сложна
и с трудом поддается объяснению. В
данной статье описываются некоторые
характеристики этой системы,
включающей го сударственные,
университетские, специальные,
публичные, школьные и церковные
Sommaires
Pефераты
статей
библиотеки, фонды и частные
структуры. Делается обзор основных
исторических этапов, а также главных
современных тенденций в области
образования, законодательства, новых
библиотечных проектов и т.д. В
заключение предлагается ввести в
действие новые общенациональные
услуги.
усиление возможностей библиотечной
профессии в вопросах отстаивания.
Пол Стурджес. Stimulating IFLA’s
Ethical Conscience: FAIFE 2003–
2009. [Стимулирование этического
сознания ИФЛА: FAIFE 2003–
2009.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 117–122
Когда ИФЛА захотела получить
надежные данные о библиотеках
и предоставляемых ими услугах
по всему миру, оказало сь, что
такие данные отсутствуют. В этой
связи Отдел ИФЛА по статистике
и оценкам, Институт статистики
ЮНЕСКО и Комитет TC 46 SC 8
Международной организации по
стандартизации (ISO) "Статистика
качества и оценка исполнения”
объединили свои усилия с целью
разработки и тестирования нового
набора статистики, который мог бы
быть использован библиотеками по
всему миру. Конечной целью ставится
сбор такой статистики в национальных
масштабах на регулярной основе, так
чтобы существовали надежные и
сравнимые в международном масштабе
данные по библиотечным услугам и
использованию библиотек.
Дается обзор деятельности
программы ИФЛА по свободному
доступу к информации и свободе
самовыражения (FAIFE) c 2003
по 2009 гг., основанной на трех
видах активности: реагировании,
образовании и продвижении. FAIFE
все еще готова к реагированию в
с л у ч а е во з н и к н о ве н и я у г р о з ы
библиотечным фондам, услугам или
штату библиотек, но это не являлось ее
преобладающим видом деятельности
в указанный отрезок времени. При
помощи гранта, предоставленного
шведским агентством СИДА, FAIFE
р а з р а б от а л а о б р а з о ват е л ь н у ю
программу, состоящую из семинаров
с и с п ол ь зо ва н и е м с п е ц и а л ь н о
созданных серий учебных материалов.
Сначала эти материалы касались
М а н и ф е с т а И ФЛ А / Ю Н Е С К О
об Интернете и Информации по
д о с ту п у к В И Ч / С П И Д . З ат е м
были разработаны серии учебных
материалов по тематике “Библиотека
и прозрачность” и “Общественный
доступ к информации о здоровье”.
Семинары, проведению которых
спо собствовали преподаватели
FAIFE, были направлены на обучение
ме стных преподавателей тому,
как более широко распространять
полученные идеи в их собственных
странах и регионах. Центр FAIFE
по отстаиванию разработал
“Манифест ИФЛА по прозрачности,
надлежащему управлению и свободе
от коррупции”. В настоящее время
может быть идентифицирована модель
разработки политики участия, на
основании которой могут проводиться
тренировочные семинары с выходом на
Саймон Эллис, Майкл Хиней, Пьер
Мёнье и Росвита Полл. Global
Library Statistics. [Глобальная
библиотечная статистика.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 123–130
Питер Г.Андервуд. Diffusion of Professional Norms: the impact of IFLA
in South Africa. [Распространение
профессиональных норм: влияние
ИФЛА в Южной Африке.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 131–140
На основе мнений южно-африканских
экспертов, принимавших участие
во Всемирном библиотечном и
информационном конгрессе в рамках
73-й Генеральной конференции
ИФЛА (г.Дурбан, 19–23 августа 2007
г.), исследуется влияние деятельности
ИФЛА, включая ее роль в разработке
программ информационной
грамотности, на развитие этой
профессии в Южной Африке. Была
проведена серия интервью с фокусгруппами и другими участниками. В
результате дискуссий были выявлены
следующие темы:
– ИФЛА должна играть важную
роль в консультировании,
определении направлений и
разработке стандартов; ее роль
в разработке национальной
политики обязательным образом
ограничена.
– Конгресс является важным
местом встречи, а его материалы –
источником вдохновения для тех,
кто приехал с “подготовленным
умом”.
– Влияние его работы и материалов
могло бы быть еще больше, если
бы они передавались в доступной
форме при партнерском содействии
таких изданий, как Журнал
ИФЛА.
– Для молодого профессионала,
стремящегося к вовлечению,
ИФЛА является грандиозной
организацией.
Элизам Магара и Чарльз Батамбузе.
The School Library Development Programme in Pallisa District, Uganda: An impact study.
[Программа развития школьной
библиотеки в округе Паллиса,
Уганда: изучение влияния.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 141–151
Данное исследование определяет
вл и я н и е П р о г р а м м ы р а з в и т и я
ш кол ь н о й б и бл и от е к и ( S L D P )
Восточно-африканской ассоциации
развития библиотечного дела (EABDA)
на охваченные этой программой школы
в округе Паллиса. Финансирование
под данное исследование было
обеспечено за счет средств Премии
Гууста ван Веземаля за деятельность,
направленную на распространение
г р а м о т н о с т и , ко т о р а я б ы л а
присуждена ИФЛА Национальному
книжному фонду Уганды в 2007 году.
Сбор данных осуществлялся при
помощи реализаторов и участников
проекта в округе Паллиса, включая
учителей, школьников, главных
учителей, учителей-библиотекарей
и Окружной офис по вопро сам
образования. Было установлено
значительное использование (a)
навыков, полученных в ходе обучения,
и (б) книжных пожертвований в
деле управления коллекциями и
использования библиотеки. Хотя
школы и ввели в действие стратегии,
позволяющие детям заимствовать
и чит ать книги, от сут ствие
специально построенных библиотек
203
Pефераты статей
с д о с т а т о ч н ы м ко л и ч е с т в о м
читательских мест и свободным
про ст ранством ограничивало
способности детей пользоваться
библиотекой и с удовольствием читать
в школе. Существует потребность в
разработке программы всестороннего
развития школьной библиотеки
в целях регулирования процесса
насыщения школьных библиотек
с о от ве т с т ву ю щ и м и к н и г а м и и
популяризации практики чтения.
П о л Ти р и о н и Б е р н а р П о ш е .
Information Literacy in Students
entering Higher Education in the
French Speaking Community of
Belgium: lessons learned from
an evaluation. [Информационная
г р а м о т н о с т ь с т уд е н т ов ,
поступающих в высшие учебные
заведения во франкоговорящем
сообществе Бельгии: уроки,
извлеченные из оценок.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 152–170
Хотя университеты обеспечивают
все больший объем тренинга по
информационной грамотности для
своих студентов базового цикла
о бу ч е н и я , р е а л ь н ы й у р о в е н ь
и н ф о рма ц и о н н о й г р а м от н о с т и
студентов на начальной стадии их
обучения никогда не оценивался. В
этой связи EduDOC решил совместить
у с и л и я с Ком и с с и е й C I U F п о
делам библиотек для организации
масштабного изучения с целью
объективной оценки начального
уровня информационной грамотности,
204
определения основных слабостей
студентов, а также предоставления
в о з м ож н о с т и п р е п од а в ат е л я м
скорректировать на этой основе
свои программы. Подготовленная
анкета была основана на аналогичном
изучении, проведенном в провинции
Квебек, и содержала 20 вопросов,
сгруппированных по пяти темам,
относящимся к вопросам поиска
информации. В сентябре 2007 года
анкета была направлена произвольно
в ы б р а н н о й г ру п п е с туд е н то в ,
которые впервые поступали в ВУЗы
франкоговорящей части Бельгии.
Весьма слабые результаты студентов
подтверждают императив организации
программы информационной
грамотности в целях повышения
успеваемости студентов во время
всего цикла обучения.
Шин Фридман. Effective Mentoring.
[Эффективное наставничество.]
IFLA Journal 35 (2009) No. 2.
pp. 171–182
Эффективное наставниче ство
необходимо для роста и успеха
библиотечного дела во всех типах
б и бл и о т е к . В д а н н о й р а б о т е
рассмат ривают ся возможно сти
стимулирования наставнической
деятельности среди начинающих
библиотекарей, библиотекарей
промежуточного звена, находящихся
посередине карьерной лестницы,
и непрофессиональных
библиотечных работников. Вопервых, в статье описываются
проводимые исследования,
свидетельствующие о крайней
необходимо сти наставниче ской
деятельности для решения проблемы
уменьшения числа библиотекарей
и соответствующих изменений в
структуре трудовых ресурсов, а также
для поддержки постоянной работы
по подбору кадров. Во-вторых, в
ней перечисляются типичные виды
н а с т а в н и ч е с ко й д е я т е л ь н о с т и
в академической библиотеке и в
профессиональных организациях,
в к л юч а я е е э кс т е н с и в н о с т ь и
ограничения. Автор фокусирует
внимание на академиче ских
библиотекарях, работ ающих
в университетских условиях. Втретьих, в статье описывается
наставниче ская деятельно сть
одного библиотечного работника по
поддержке и содействию начинающим
библиотекарям в продвижении их
карьеры в библиотечном деле и
информатике, превращении их в
активных членов профессиональных
ассоциаций и обдумывании ими своей
возможной лидерской роли. Статья
завершается (а) изложением того,
как собственный опыт автора в роли
наставника/подопечного повлиял на ее
профессиональную карьеру, а также (б)
увязкой эффективного наставничества
с руководством библиотекой. В статье
демонстрируется, как эффективный
наставник может помочь своему
подопечному не только в продвижении
по лабиринтам профессиональных
организаций и комитетов, но также
и в достижении более глобального
понимания платформы “библиотеки
без границ”.